JP2008014122A - Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method - Google Patents

Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2008014122A
JP2008014122A JP2006213845A JP2006213845A JP2008014122A JP 2008014122 A JP2008014122 A JP 2008014122A JP 2006213845 A JP2006213845 A JP 2006213845A JP 2006213845 A JP2006213845 A JP 2006213845A JP 2008014122 A JP2008014122 A JP 2008014122A
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
frame
mold
formwork
remaining
concrete
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
JP2006213845A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Takeshige Shimonohara
武茂 下ノ原
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to JP2006213845A priority Critical patent/JP2008014122A/en
Publication of JP2008014122A publication Critical patent/JP2008014122A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Retaining Walls (AREA)
  • Moulds, Cores, Or Mandrels (AREA)
  • Press-Shaping Or Shaping Using Conveyers (AREA)

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide the shape of a lightweight buried remaining form that can cope with a place which a heavy machine cannot enter, a complicated retaining wall such as a bending wall, or the like because of the occurrence of various situations to the retaining wall or the like in the field of civil engineering and building according to geographical features, an installation place, a purpose, or the like, and to provide a connection method allowing safe, rapid and economical connection in masonry, and a manufacturing method of the remaining form although the remaining form meeting the above conditions is regarded as complicated and difficult to manufacture. <P>SOLUTION: The thin remaining form 11a having suitable surface shape is provided with upper and lower lateral frame bodies 21a, 22a and vertical frame bodies 23a, 24a at the lateral ends, and an intermediate frame body 25a in the middle. The remaining forms adjoining vertically and laterally are connected by locking parts of the upper and lower lateral frame bodies and frame body connecting implements 51a, 52a to safely and positively connect the adjoining remaining forms to one another. A hook of a communicating stay member 62a is locked to a pressure receiving stay member 61a erected from a base, and the length is adjusted by a stay anchor member 63a. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2008,JPO&INPIT

Description

本発明は道路、宅地、公園等の擁壁、及びこれらに類する構造物、又は河川、水路等の構造物の他に地上、並びに地下の土木構造物等の残存又は残置するコンクリート用型枠、或いは捨てコンクリート型枠の残存型枠に使用され、又建築物の外壁、内壁、基礎構造物等とその建物周り、塀等の新設及び補修用のコンクリート用としての残存型枠又はコンクリートを打設しない、単なる化粧板としての土木、建築用の残存型枠とその連結方法並びに製造方法に関する。  The present invention is a concrete formwork for retaining or leaving ground, underground structures, etc. in addition to structures such as retaining walls such as roads, residential land, parks, and the like, or structures such as rivers and waterways, Alternatively, it is used for the remaining formwork of abandoned concrete formwork, and the remaining formwork or concrete for concrete for repair and construction of the outer wall, inner wall, foundation structure, etc. of the building, surroundings of the building, fences, etc. The present invention relates to civil engineering as a simple decorative board, a residual formwork for construction, a method for connecting the same, and a manufacturing method.

従来の型枠は取り付け、取り外しを行なう取付型枠と取り付けたらそのまま放置する捨て型枠、又は残存型枠がある。前者は発泡スチロ−ル等の樹脂を用いた取付型枠で取り外しの手間が余分に掛り、残材の処分と残材のカスがその周辺に散乱するので環境上問題になっている。
後者の残存型枠はそれなりに評価されているが該型枠が重いので重機を用いたり、更に直線部のみしか組積が出来ないために、折れ曲がり、曲線部においてはその部分を現場打ちにする等の対応をしており、更に熟練工の不足でこれらの現場に対応できないでいる。又隣接する残存型枠の連結と組み立ては組み立て材と溶接して組積されているので作業性が悪く、少量の雨でも危険であるので作業が出来ない状態である。従って現在これらの現場に対応できる残存型枠と連結方法が要求されている。又作業性による軽量化と隣接する該型枠との連結性を考慮した残存型枠の製造方法に於いて、薄型の側面板と枠体とこれに付設された逆勾配付き係止部等を有する残存型枠は製造が困難であった。
しかし景観法の成立で構造物壁面の美観の為に、経済的で、作業効率の高い製品と工法が要求されている。
Conventional molds include attachment molds that are attached and detached, discarded molds that are left as they are, or residual molds. The former is an attachment mold using a resin such as foamed polystyrene, which requires extra time for removal, and disposal of the remaining material and the residue of the remaining material are scattered around the environment.
Although the latter residual formwork is evaluated as it is, the formwork is heavy, so heavy machinery is used, and since only the straight part can be assembled, it is bent and the part is put on the spot in the curved part In addition, it is not possible to respond to these sites due to the lack of skilled workers. In addition, the connection and assembly of the adjacent remaining formwork are welded and assembled with the assembly material, so that the workability is poor, and even a small amount of rain is dangerous, so the work cannot be performed. Therefore, there is a demand for a remaining formwork and a connecting method that can be applied to these sites. Further, in the manufacturing method of the remaining mold in consideration of weight reduction due to workability and connectivity with the adjacent mold, a thin side plate, a frame, and a locking portion with a reverse gradient attached thereto are provided. It was difficult to manufacture the remaining formwork.
However, the establishment of the landscape law requires economical and highly efficient products and construction methods for the beauty of the structure wall.

上記土木、建築の分野における構造物は地形、設置場所、用途等により様々な状況が発生する。直線で単純な構造物の現場は勿論のことで、複雑な現場にも使用可能で、例えば設置場所は重機が入れない新設又は補修場所で、曲線の擁壁であり、又は折れ曲がりのある壁面が直立であったり、傾斜したりした複雑な構造物もあり、この様な現場はコンクリートを充填した場合該型枠の枠体に空気が溜まりコンクリートが回りにくい傾向がある。
この様に様々な現場の状況にも対応でき、コンクリート型枠として使用した場合には取り外さない埋め殺し或いは残置して人手のいらない工法で、経済的で、美観的にも満足のいくもので更に景観法にも対応できる工法である。
Various situations occur in structures in the field of civil engineering and architecture depending on topography, installation location, usage, and the like. It can be used not only on the site of straight and simple structures but also on complex sites.For example, the installation location is a new installation or repair location where heavy machinery can not enter, it is a curved retaining wall, or a curved wall surface There are complex structures that are upright or inclined, and in such a site, when concrete is filled, air tends to accumulate in the frame of the formwork and the concrete tends to be difficult to rotate.
In this way, it can cope with various situations in the field, and when used as a concrete formwork, it is a construction method that does not need to be removed or left behind and does not require human intervention. It is economical and aesthetically pleasing. It is a construction method that can also cope with the landscape method.

上記条件を満足するためには軽量で、コンクリート圧、外圧、土圧等に耐えられる型枠構造を有し、更に折れ曲がり等にも対応できる矩形,L型等の形状をなした該型枠を単独で、又は組み合わせて使用できる型枠形状をなすことで、更に横方向に隣接する該型枠同士の連結は勿論のことで、作業性を高めるために上方向にも複数段、容易に、安全に、確実に組積でき、更にコンクリート圧の外力に対しても対応できる型枠形状とその連結具並びに連結方法を有することである。
又前記条件を満足するために該型枠の製造型枠は適宜選定された建築材料を単独で、又は組み合わせて使用して製造する際、簡単で、容易に、経済的に、安全で且つ強度のある残存型枠の製造機械を可能とする製造方法とする必要がある。
In order to satisfy the above conditions, the mold has a form structure that is lightweight, can withstand concrete pressure, external pressure, earth pressure, etc., and that has a shape such as a rectangle and an L shape that can also be bent. By forming a mold shape that can be used alone or in combination, it is possible not only to connect the molds adjacent to each other in the lateral direction, but also to increase the workability in a plurality of stages, easily, The present invention is to have a formwork shape that can be assembled safely and reliably, and that can cope with an external force of concrete pressure, its connecting tool, and a connecting method.
In order to satisfy the above conditions, the manufacturing form of the form is simple, easy, economical, safe and strong when it is manufactured using a suitably selected building material alone or in combination. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a manufacturing method that enables a machine for manufacturing a residual form with a certain size.

本発明は上記目的を達成する為に、残存型枠は側面板と枠体より構成され、該枠体及係止凹凸材の何れか又は双方は隣接する残存型枠と連結可能な連結手段を有する連結具と係止可能な係止部を有し、更に横方向に隣接する残存型枠と当接可能な凹凸の段部と壁面の曲線、折線に対応する曲折対応端裏縦目地を左右の縦枠体に有していることを特徴とする残存型枠としている。
次に上記側面板の表面は化粧用の凹凸を有ており、該側面板の板厚を成して該表面凹凸とほぼ対応した凹凸が、枠体の枠面を除く側面板の裏面に有していることを特徴とする残存型枠である。
In order to achieve the above-mentioned object, the present invention provides that the remaining mold is composed of a side plate and a frame, and either or both of the frame and the locking irregularities are connected to the adjacent remaining mold. It has a latching part that can be latched with the connecting tool, and has an uneven step part that can come into contact with the remaining formwork adjacent in the lateral direction, a curve of the wall surface, and a vertical joint that corresponds to the bending corresponding to the folding line. It is set as the residual formwork characterized by having in the vertical frame.
Next, the surface of the side plate has cosmetic unevenness, and the surface plate has a thickness corresponding to the surface unevenness on the back surface of the side plate except for the frame surface of the frame body. It is the residual formwork characterized by having done.

又隣接する残存型枠と当接するための凸段部が左縦枠体と右縦枠体の何れか又は双方より残存型枠の表面側端部付近より所定の長さと直線、折れ線、曲線等の適宜の当接面と形状を有して横方向に張り出し、これを受け入れる凹段部も直線、折れ線、曲線等の当接面を有し、該凸段部の一部又は全部の当接面と当接可能の形状を有して成ることを特徴としている。
次に上横枠体と下横枠体の係止部の何れか又は双方に適宜の形状の係止空気抜孔を設けたことを特徴とする残存型枠である。
或いは左縦枠体と右縦枠体の何れか又は双方に縦枠体空気抜孔又は連通孔を設けたことを特徴としている。
Also, the convex step for contacting the adjacent remaining mold is a predetermined length and a straight line, a broken line, a curve, etc. from the vicinity of the surface side end of the remaining mold from either the left vertical frame or the right vertical frame or both The concave step portion that has an appropriate abutment surface and shape and projects in the lateral direction also has a contact surface such as a straight line, a broken line, or a curve, and a part or all of the convex step portion abuts. It is characterized by having a shape capable of contacting the surface.
Next, the remaining mold is characterized in that a locking air vent hole of an appropriate shape is provided in either or both of the locking portions of the upper horizontal frame and the lower horizontal frame.
Alternatively, a vertical frame air vent or communication hole is provided in either or both of the left vertical frame and the right vertical frame.

又は残存型枠を構成する側面板と枠体の何れか、又は双方が同質又は異質の建築材料より成る事を特徴とする残存型枠でもある。
そして側面板及び/又は枠体がコンクリート又はこれらに類する材料より形成されたことを特徴としている。
次に各々適宜の枠背高を有する前記材料から成る中間枠体とそれ以下の枠背高を有する中間小梁枠体が必要に応じて設けられ、該枠体は縦方向に、横方向に、斜め方向に、或いは曲線又は折曲がりを成した該枠体の何れか又は双方を1又は2以上有して枠組みされ、必要に応じて設けられる隣接する残存型枠と係止可能な係止手段を有する枠体が前記側面板に接合手段によって、一体的に、固定状に、半固定状に固着して成ることを特徴としている。
Alternatively, it is also a residual mold characterized in that either or both of the side plate and the frame constituting the residual mold are made of the same or different building materials.
The side plate and / or the frame is formed of concrete or a similar material.
Next, an intermediate frame made of the material having an appropriate frame height and an intermediate beam frame having a lower frame height are provided as needed, and the frame is vertically and horizontally. A lock that can be locked with an adjacent remaining mold frame that is provided with one or two or more of the frame body that is formed in an oblique direction, or in a curved line or a bent shape. The frame body having the means is integrally fixed to the side plate by a joining means in a fixed shape and a semi-fixed shape.

又は前記枠体の枠体表面及び/又は係止材の係止面が傾斜を成したり、又は滑り止めの凹凸の何れか又は双方を有する事を特徴とする。
更に前記残存型枠の形状が矩形、L型、曲型、折れ型、凸型及び十字型並びにこれらの形状を組合せた複合形状を有する事を特徴とする残存型枠でもある。
次に前記項目の何れかに記載の残存型枠を現場にて組積する際、該残存型枠に設けられた枠体及び係止凹凸材の係止部を介して、隣接する該残存型枠の係止部と連結具の連結手段によって連結した事を特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法である。
又は枠体より胴込コンクリート側に張出した張出連結板には、隣接する該張出連結板と連結する連結孔のボルト丸孔又はボルト長孔の何れかを有し、又他方端は枠体を押圧する押圧連結板を有して成り、該張出連結板の連結孔にボルト等を挿通して螺着するとその押圧力が縦連結板、横連結板及び係止連結板の何れか又は2以上を介して押圧連結板に伝達される時、該連結板と係止凹凸部との間に変位吸収余裕高を設けた枠体連結具を使用した事を特徴としている該型枠の連結方法である。
Alternatively, the frame body surface of the frame body and / or the locking surface of the locking material is inclined or has either or both of non-slip unevenness.
Further, the residual mold has a rectangular shape, an L shape, a bent shape, a folded shape, a convex shape, a cross shape, and a composite shape obtained by combining these shapes.
Next, when the residual mold according to any one of the above items is assembled on-site, the residual mold adjacent to the residual mold via the frame provided on the residual mold and the locking portion of the locking irregularities It is the connection method of the residual mold form characterized by having connected with the latching | locking part of the frame, and the connection means of a connector.
Alternatively, the overhanging connecting plate that protrudes from the frame to the intruded concrete side has either a bolt round hole or a bolt long hole of the connecting hole that connects to the adjacent overhanging connecting plate, and the other end is a frame. It has a pressing connection plate that presses the body, and when a bolt or the like is inserted and screwed into the connection hole of the overhanging connection plate, the pressing force is any of the vertical connection plate, the horizontal connection plate, and the locking connection plate Alternatively, when the frame is transmitted to the pressing connecting plate through two or more, the frame body connecting tool provided with a displacement absorption margin between the connecting plate and the locking uneven portion is used. It is a connection method.

或いはL型をなす縦枠体連結具の一辺は胴込コンクリート側に張出した張出連結板を有し、該連結板は隣接する連結板と連結する連結孔のボルト丸孔又はボルト長孔の何れかを有し、L型の他方辺の端部付近に残存型枠の枠体及び/又は係止凹凸材の係止部と連結する為の連結孔のボルト丸孔又はボルト長孔の何れかを有し、必要に応じて縦連結板に連通孔及び/又はリブ等を有してなる縦枠体連結具を使用した事を特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法である。
又裏込砕石の崩壊と連絡控材のアンカー用として、裏込砕石に所定の高さと長さ及び幅を有する土留受圧控材を設置し、該土留受圧控材に連結した連絡控材の他方端は隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とに連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法である。
Alternatively, one side of the L-shaped vertical frame coupling tool has an overhanging coupling plate projecting to the intruded concrete side, and the coupling plate is a bolt round hole or a long bolt hole of a coupling hole to be coupled to an adjacent coupling plate. Either of the bolt round hole or the bolt long hole of the connecting hole for connecting with the frame of the remaining mold and / or the locking portion of the locking uneven material in the vicinity of the end of the other side of the L shape This is a method for connecting residual molds, characterized in that a vertical frame connecting tool having a communication hole and / or a rib or the like in a vertical connecting plate is used if necessary.
Also, for anchoring the backside crushed stone and the anchorage of the contact retainer, install the earth retaining pressure receiving material having a predetermined height, length and width on the backside crushed stone, and connect the other side of the contact retaining material connected to the soil retaining pressure retaining material The end is a connecting method of the remaining mold, characterized in that the end is connected to a connecting tool that connects the engaging portions of the adjacent remaining molds to resist the pressure of the intruded concrete.

そして胴込コンクリート内に、後面フレーム型受圧控材、前面フレーム型受圧控材及び前後フレーム型受圧控材の何れかのフレーム型受圧控材を形成し、裏込砕石の崩壊を防ぎ更にコンクリート型枠としての役割を成す控板体を該フレーム型受圧控材の一方側に接合手段にて接合するか又は単純に設置し、他方側の控横梁に隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とを直接又は連絡控材を介して連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法でもある。
次に胴込コンクリート内に、前後L型フレーム受圧控材、前L型フレーム受圧控材及び後L型フレーム受圧控材の何れかから成るL型フレーム受圧控材を形成し、裏込砕石の崩壊を防ぎ、更にコンクリート型枠としての役割を成す控板体を該L型フレーム受圧控材の一方側に接合手段にて接合するか又は単純に設置し、他方側の控横梁に隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とを直接又は連絡控材を介して連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法である。
Then, the frame-type pressure-receiving material of either the rear frame-type pressure-receiving material, the front-frame-type pressure-receiving material, or the front-and-back frame-type pressure-receiving material is formed in the intruded concrete to prevent the collapse of the back-ground crushed stone and the concrete type. A holding plate that serves as a frame is joined to one side of the frame-type pressure-receiving pressure member by a joining means or simply installed, and the engaging portions of the remaining mold frame adjacent to the other side transverse beam are connected to each other. It is also a method for connecting the remaining formwork, characterized in that it is connected to the connected connector directly or via a communication sticker to resist the pressure of the intruded concrete.
Next, an L-shaped frame pressure receiving material composed of any one of the front and rear L-shaped frame pressure receiving materials, the front L-shaped frame pressure receiving material, and the rear L-shaped frame pressure receiving material is formed in the intruded concrete. A retaining plate that prevents collapse and further serves as a concrete formwork is joined to one side of the L-shaped frame pressure-receiving weight member by means of joining or simply installed, and the remaining adjacent to the other side transverse beam It is the connection method of the residual formwork characterized by connecting with the connecting tool which connected the latching | locking part of the formwork directly or via a communication sticking material, and resisting the pressure of indwelling concrete.

又胴込コンクリート内に、板体L型受圧控材及び板体箱型受圧控材の何れかから成る板体型受圧控材を形成し、裏込砕石の崩壊を防ぎ、更にコンクリート型枠としての役割をなす控板体を該板体型受圧控材の一方側に接合手段にて接合するか又は単純に設置し、他方側の控横梁に隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とを直接又は連絡控材を介して連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法でもある。
そして隣接する残存型枠同士を連結した連結具に直接又は型枠吊連結具に型枠吊材の一方端を接合手段にて接合して、吊材連結金具を介して格子状又は一方向に骨組みされた吊材柱と吊材横梁の何れか又は双方に、残存型枠を貫通した該型枠吊材の他方端のフック又は取付金具により強固に連結されている。この様に骨組みされた吊材柱と吊材横梁の何れか又は双方に吊材控表側材及び/又は吊材控胴込材を架設して格子状に又は一方向に配された吊材を形成して裏込砕石と控板体を設置し胴込コンクリートを打設して組積する事を特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法である。
In addition, a plate-type pressure receiving material consisting of either a plate-type L-type pressure receiving material or a plate-type box-type pressure receiving material is formed in the intruded concrete to prevent the collapse of the backside crushed stone, and as a concrete formwork The connecting plate body that plays a role is joined to one side of the plate-type pressure-receiving pressure member by a joining means or simply installed, and the engaging portions of the remaining mold frame adjacent to the other side transverse beam are connected to each other. It is also a method of connecting the remaining mold, characterized in that it is connected to the tool directly or via a communication sticker to resist the pressure of the intruded concrete.
Then, one end of the formwork hanging material is joined to the joining tool that connects the remaining remaining molds directly or to the formwork hanging joint by a joining means, and in a lattice shape or in one direction via the hanging material joining bracket. It is firmly connected to either or both of the framed suspension material column and the suspension material cross beam by a hook or a mounting bracket at the other end of the mold suspension material that penetrates the remaining mold frame. A suspension material arranged in a grid or in one direction by suspending a suspension material side table and / or a suspension material intruding material on either or both of the suspension material pillar and the suspension material transverse beam thus framed. This is a method for connecting the remaining formwork, characterized in that it is formed and back-crushed stone and a holding plate are installed, and the concrete is casted and stacked.

次に少なくとも柱、梁からなり、必要に応じて地梁、中間梁、動力受梁の何れか又は2以上を有する架台に裏面側型枠を作動させるための動力が取り付けられ、該動力を作動させる為の配管及び連動駆動装置が動力源又は運転操作機器等連動を備えた操作盤と連絡しており、該機器が架台の内側及び外側の何れかに設置され、更に残存型枠製品の下方に地面及び/又は地梁或いは、必要に応じて設ける土台より立設した台座の所定の位置に化粧型枠のコンクリート充填材用の側板が周囲に配設され、該側板が回転自在に動く様に蝶番が適宜設けてある。更に台座の頂面に持ち上げ自在の化粧型枠が戴置されたことを特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法である。  Next, the power for operating the back side formwork is attached to the frame which is composed of at least pillars and beams, and has any one or more of the ground beams, intermediate beams, power receiving beams or two or more as required. Piping and interlocking drive device for connecting to the operation panel with interlocking such as power source or driving operation equipment, the equipment is installed either inside or outside the gantry, and further below the remaining formwork product A side plate for the concrete filling material of the decorative mold is arranged around the ground and / or the ground beam or a pedestal erected from the base provided as necessary, so that the side plate can rotate freely. A hinge is provided as appropriate. Further, the present invention is a method for manufacturing a remaining mold, wherein a decorative mold that can be lifted is placed on the top surface of the pedestal.

又裏面側型枠には所定の位置に設けた動力の動力軸及び/又は裏面押圧軸の先端が押圧可能に接合され、台座に設置された側板と化粧型枠はコンクリート充填可能状態に設定された該型枠にコンクリートを側面板量又は(側面板+枠体)量程打設して敷き均した後、先の操作盤の操作により動力が連動駆動して動力を動かすと動力軸は下方向に作動してコンクリートを加圧(押圧及び/又は振動)によって側面板又は残存型枠の何れかを製造したことを特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法である。
及び打設された枠体用コンクリート又は先の(側面板+枠体)の残存型枠のコンクリートを押さえる為の枠体押具が先の動力に又は2番目の動力に、裏面押圧軸及び/又は動力受台を介して取り付いており、操作盤の操作により該動力又は2番目の動力を作動させて該枠体押具に依って枠体又は残存型枠を製造した事を特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法でもある。
In addition, the power shaft of the power provided at a predetermined position and / or the tip of the back surface pressing shaft are pressably joined to the back side mold, and the side plate installed on the pedestal and the decorative mold are set in a concrete filling state. After placing concrete on the formwork as much as the amount of side plate or (side plate + frame) and spreading it, the power shaft moves downward when the power is driven in conjunction with the operation of the previous operation panel. The method for producing a residual mold is characterized in that either the side plate or the residual mold is produced by pressing (pressing and / or vibrating) the concrete.
And the frame pressing tool for pressing the placed concrete for the frame or the concrete of the remaining (side plate + frame) remaining mold is used for the front power or the second power, the back surface pressing shaft and / or Alternatively, it is attached via a power cradle, and the remaining power is produced by operating the power or the second power by operating the operation panel and manufacturing the frame or the remaining mold by using the frame pressing tool. It is also a manufacturing method of a formwork.

或いは枠体の係止部を形成する為に係止凹凸形成装置を利用した事を特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法。
次に残存型枠製品より上方の架台に第1の動力が連動駆動により操作盤に連絡しており、該第一動力は架台に接合手段にて接合され、該第一動力の第一動力軸の先端は化粧型枠に接合されるか、或いは第一動力受台に接合されて化粧型枠に連結している。
必要に応じて枠体押具と化粧型枠を取り替え可能なアリ溝等の取替装置が付いている。
他方残存型枠製品より下方には地面又は土台に設置された第二動力と台座が立設しており、第二動力に収納された第二動力軸の先端は第二動力受台及び/又は固定軸を介して裏面側型枠に連結されるか又は該裏面側型枠と第二動力軸は直接連結した裏面側型枠駆動装置を形成するか又は該型枠駆動装置を固定状にした台座の何れかの型枠形状をなしている。台座の蝶番を介して取り付いた側板と裏面固定型枠が設置され裏面側型枠駆動装置とは相互に独立した状態を形成した事を特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法でもある。
Or the manufacturing method of the residual mold | type frame characterized by using the latching uneven | corrugated formation apparatus in order to form the latching | locking part of a frame.
Next, the first power is connected to the operation panel by interlocking driving to the gantry above the remaining formwork product, and the first power is joined to the gantry by joining means, and the first power shaft of the first power is connected. The tip of is joined to the decorative mold or joined to the first power cradle and connected to the decorative mold.
It is equipped with replacement devices such as dovetails that can replace the frame pressing tool and the decorative mold as required.
On the other hand, a second power and a pedestal installed on the ground or the base are erected below the remaining formwork product, and the tip of the second power shaft stored in the second power is the second power cradle and / or Connected to the back-side mold via a fixed shaft, or the back-side mold and the second power shaft are directly connected to form a back-side mold drive, or the mold drive is fixed It is in the form of any form of the pedestal. It is also a method for manufacturing a remaining mold, characterized in that a side plate attached via a pedestal hinge and a back fixed mold are installed, and the back mold drive is formed in an independent state.

又コンクリート打設状態に設置された裏面側型枠と側板に枠体のコンクリートを打設して枠体押圧の作動により加圧後、該枠体押圧体を元に戻し化粧型枠に取り換えた後、側面板のコンクリートを敷き均した後、該化粧型枠を下方向に作動させコンクリートを加圧するか又は直接(枠体+側面板)のコンクリートを化粧型枠にて加圧し、そして脱型して残存型枠を製造した事を特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法である。
そして化粧型枠、裏面側型枠又は側板の何れか又は2以上のコンクリートとの接触面又は該型枠の裏面の何れか又は双方に熱線ヒーター等により型枠を加熱してコンクリートの硬化を早めた事を特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法である。
Also, the concrete of the frame was placed on the back side mold and side plate placed in the concrete placement state, and after pressing by the action of the frame press, the frame press was replaced and replaced with a decorative mold Then, after the concrete on the side plate is spread, the decorative mold is actuated downward to press the concrete, or the concrete (frame body + side plate) is pressed directly on the decorative mold and removed. Thus, the remaining mold is manufactured, which is characterized in that the remaining mold is manufactured.
Then, either the decorative mold, the back-side mold or the side plate, or the contact surface with two or more concretes, or the back of the mold, or both of them are heated by a hot wire heater or the like to accelerate the hardening of the concrete. This is a method for manufacturing a remaining formwork.

本発明の残存型枠は側面板と横枠体、端縦枠体の枠体から構成され、必要に応じて縦、横、斜等の中間枠体を追加構成出来る。この枠体の構成組み合わせよりコンクリート外力に対して応力負担が選択出来るので側面板の厚みと枠体の断面形状が少なくてすみ軽量化と経済性に寄与できる。又擁壁の曲線又は折線に対応する為に、曲折対応端裏縦目地を設け併用して、胴込コンクリートの漏れを防ぐ為に凹凸段部を設けている。更に必要に応じてコンクリートの周りと空気の溜まりを防ぐ為に空気抜孔を縦枠体又は横枠体に設けて残存型枠の機能を完全なものとしている。更に枠体と係止凹凸材に係止手段を設けることが出来るので隣接する残存型枠を容易に連結でき、一体的な残存型枠の連結が出来るのでコンクリート圧に対し充分抵抗できる残存型枠体が構成されるので発明の効果は充分ある。  The residual mold of the present invention is composed of a side plate, a horizontal frame, and an end vertical frame, and intermediate frames such as vertical, horizontal, and diagonal can be additionally configured as necessary. Since the stress load can be selected with respect to the concrete external force from the combination of the frame bodies, the thickness of the side plates and the cross-sectional shape of the frame body can be reduced, contributing to weight reduction and economic efficiency. Also, in order to correspond to the curve or fold line of the retaining wall, a bent joint end back vertical joint is provided and used in combination, and an uneven step portion is provided to prevent leakage of the intruded concrete. Furthermore, in order to prevent the air around the concrete and the accumulation of air as required, air vent holes are provided in the vertical frame body or the horizontal frame body to complete the function of the remaining mold. In addition, since the frame and the locking uneven material can be provided with a locking means, the adjacent remaining molds can be easily connected, and the remaining remaining molds can be connected together, so that the remaining molds can sufficiently resist the concrete pressure. Since the body is constructed, the effect of the invention is sufficient.

残存型枠同士の連結方法に関しては隣接する残存型枠同士を連結する枠体連結具又は縦枠体連結具を利用して組積する連結方法を選択採用できるので壁面の折れ曲がり又は曲線等に対応でき、又は土留受圧控材によって裏込砕石の崩壊と重力を利用して連絡控材を介して該枠体連結具と連結したり、或いは胴込コンクリート内に設けるフレーム型受圧控材又はL型フレーム受圧控材を介して控板体で裏込砕石を受け、更に前面の控横梁で先の枠体連結具と連結してコンクリート圧に抗したり、或いは吊工法により地形状況に対処した経済的で施工性に優れた連結工法を選定できるので発明の効果は充分ある。  With regard to the method of connecting the remaining molds, it is possible to select and use the frame connecting tool that connects adjacent remaining molds or the connecting method using the vertical frame connecting tool. It is possible to connect to the frame body connecting device through the contact holding material by utilizing the collapse of the backside crushed stone and gravity by the earth retaining pressure receiving material, or to be provided in the incline concrete or L type Economics that receive backed crushed stone with a holding plate body through a frame pressure receiving material, and withstand the concrete pressure by connecting to the previous frame connecting tool with a holding beam on the front, or dealing with topographical conditions by the suspension method Since the connection method that is suitable and excellent in workability can be selected, the effect of the invention is sufficient.

残存型枠の製造方法の関しては残存型枠製品の裏面を形成する裏面側型枠を上にして押圧する第一動力と軸を受ける架台を反力として押圧加圧して残存型枠の裏面の側面板と枠体を成形して、該製品の化粧面側に化粧型枠を設置してこれを第二動力軸と動力で受けて化粧面を加圧形成する製造方法であり、又はその逆の化粧型枠を上方に、裏面側型枠を下方に設置する残存型枠の製造方法で該型枠の形状と化粧面の状態により製造方法を選定出来、経済的で、美観に優れた残存型枠が製造できるので発明の効果は充分のある。  Regarding the manufacturing method of the remaining mold, the back surface of the remaining mold is formed by pressing and pressing the first power to be pressed with the back-side mold forming the back of the remaining mold product upward and the frame receiving the shaft as a reaction force. Forming a side plate and a frame body of the product, installing a decorative mold frame on the decorative surface side of the product, and receiving this with the second power shaft and power to form the decorative surface under pressure, or The manufacturing method can be selected according to the shape of the formwork and the state of the decorative surface in the manufacturing method of the remaining formwork in which the reverse decorative formwork is set up and the back side formwork is set down, which is economical and excellent in aesthetics. Since the remaining mold can be manufactured, the effect of the invention is sufficient.

本発明の残存型枠とその連結方法並びに製造方法の実施形態を図面に基ずいて以下に説明する。  Embodiments of the residual mold form, its connecting method, and manufacturing method of the present invention will be described below based on the drawings.

図1は本発明の残存型枠の裏面斜視図で、該残存型枠B、Baは矩形をなす側面板1,1aの裏面上端部に上横枠体2,21a、下端部に下横枠体2,22aと、横方向左端部に左縦枠体23,23a、右端部に右縦枠体24,24aとその中間右よりに中間縦枠体2,25aが前記側面板1aと上下横枠体側面相互に固定状に一体的に固着されている。
該側面板1,1a,の表面11a,の面は現場の事情により平板であったり、凹凸を有したり、又これに適宜の化粧が施されることもある。又該側面板1の裏面12aは所定の板厚を有した平面であったり、表面11aの凹凸に対応した所定の厚みの凹凸を有したり、又は表面が凹凸の化粧面であっても裏面仕上げは平面であることも有り現場の状況により種種選定される。このことに対応して側面板の裏面と該枠体との接触面13,13aはこれに対応した線形有することは云うまでもない。
FIG. 1 is a rear perspective view of a remaining mold according to the present invention. The remaining molds B and Ba are upper horizontal frame bodies 2 and 21a at the upper end of the rear surface of the rectangular side plates 1 and 1a, and the lower horizontal frame at the lower end. Left and right vertical frame bodies 23 and 23a at the left end in the horizontal direction, right vertical frame bodies 24 and 24a at the right end, and intermediate vertical frame bodies 2 and 25a from the middle right to the side plate 1a. The frame side surfaces are integrally fixed to each other in a fixed manner.
The surface 11a of the side plates 1 and 1a may be a flat plate or have irregularities depending on the situation at the site, or may be appropriately decorated. Further, the back surface 12a of the side plate 1 is a flat surface having a predetermined thickness, has a predetermined thickness corresponding to the unevenness of the surface 11a, or is a back surface even if the surface is an uneven decorative surface. The finish may be flat, and it will be selected depending on the situation at the site. Corresponding to this, it is needless to say that the contact surfaces 13, 13a between the rear surface of the side plate and the frame body have a corresponding linear shape.

又左縦枠体23aに沿って側面板から張り出した凸段部31aが右縦枠体24aの上端部に沿った凹段部32aに嵌着可能な適宜の形状をなして突出しており、上横枠体21aの上端部に沿って横方向端目地段部33aが形成され、これと対応して下横枠体22aに段部のない直線又は曲、折線等の横方向端日地接触面35aが形成されている。前記縦枠体23a、24a、25aには必要に応じて、適宜の位置と数の係止材43aが埋設され、必要に応じて補強と被り増しのために適宜の形状の係止材ふかし44aを設けている。  Further, the protruding step 31a protruding from the side plate along the left vertical frame 23a protrudes in an appropriate shape that can be fitted into the concave step 32a along the upper end of the right vertical frame 24a. A lateral end joint step portion 33a is formed along the upper end portion of the horizontal frame body 21a. Correspondingly, a horizontal end edge contact surface such as a straight line, a curved line, a fold line or the like without a step portion in the lower horizontal frame body 22a is formed. 35a is formed. The vertical frame bodies 23a, 24a, and 25a are each embedded with an appropriate position and number of locking members 43a as needed, and an appropriately shaped locking material puff 44a for reinforcement and covering as required. Is provided.

前記側面板及び枠体の材料はコンクリート及びこれらに類するものが好まれるが、本発明の材料はこれらに限定するもので無く他の建築材料で構造的に安全で、経済的で、美観的で、施工性に優れたもので、構造物の目的に合った材料が建築材料の中から選定され採用される。該建築材料としては鉄、非鉄金属、樹脂、木材、竹、ガラス、レンガ、陶器、石、ゴム、紙等を直接使用したり、又は織布、不職布したりして使用することも可能で、或いはこれらを前記建築材料に混ぜて使用することも出来る。
尚側面板又は枠体の躯体の中に必要に応じて該躯体の強度を高めるために、前記建築材料より選定された、鉄、鉄筋、金網、ガラス、炭素、樹脂纎維等の補強材を入れることもある。
例えば自然石又は木材等を設置可能に加工した側面板に、ガラス纎維混入のコンクリートからなる、まだ未硬化の、又は硬化した枠体に前記側面板を圧着または接着した残存型枠を使用することも可能である。
The material of the side plate and the frame is preferably concrete and the like, but the material of the present invention is not limited to these, and is structurally safe with other building materials, economical and aesthetic. A material that is excellent in workability and that meets the purpose of the structure is selected from the building materials and adopted. As the building material, iron, non-ferrous metal, resin, wood, bamboo, glass, brick, pottery, stone, rubber, paper, etc. can be used directly, or woven or unemployed. Alternatively, these can be mixed with the building materials.
In addition, reinforcing materials such as iron, reinforcing bars, wire mesh, glass, carbon, and resin fibers selected from the above building materials are used in the side plate or frame to increase the strength of the case as necessary. May be included.
For example, use a residual form made of concrete mixed with glass fiber, which has been processed to be able to install natural stone or wood, etc., and the side plate is pressure-bonded or bonded to an uncured or hardened frame. It is also possible.

次に前記残存型枠を複数段組積する連結方法を開示する。図2は図1の残存型枠を複数段組積した背面斜視図で、図3は図4の残存型枠を複数段組積したA3−A3横断面図で、図4は図3の組積背面図を示す。図2〜図4までは符号と図面が関連しているので対照しながら合わせて説明する。図2〜図4を施工順序に従って説明する。
初めに下段地表面Z1を掘削して所定位置に基礎砕石F3、必要に応じて均しコンクリートF2、基礎底版F1を設置して、該底版F1の所定位置に埋設し立設したアンカーボルトVA1を連結具52Aのボルト孔VA3に所定の数だけ挿通してナットVA2にて締結設置する。これと前後して不透水材D2を設置する。
Next, a connection method for stacking the remaining formwork in a plurality of stages is disclosed. 2 is a rear perspective view in which a plurality of remaining molds of FIG. 1 are assembled, FIG. 3 is an A3-A3 cross-sectional view in which the remaining molds of FIG. 4 are stacked, and FIG. A product rear view is shown. The reference numerals and drawings are related to FIGS. 2-4 is demonstrated according to a construction order.
At first, the lower ground surface Z1 is excavated and the foundation crushed stone F3, leveled concrete F2 and foundation bottom slab F1 are installed at predetermined positions, and anchor bolts VA1 embedded and standing at the predetermined positions of the bottom slab F1 are installed. A predetermined number of bolt holes VA3 of the connector 52A are inserted and fastened with nuts VA2. The impermeable material D2 is installed around this.

次に立設した連結具52Aの他方のボルト孔VA3を介して、最下段の残存型枠B1aの右縦枠体24aと隣接する残存型枠の左縦枠体23aの所定の位置に埋設された係止材43a(インサート等)にボルトV1,V1(必要に応じてナットV2)にて螺着すると隣接する複数の該残存型枠B1aは所定の勾配と間隔をなして立設する。つづいて前記残存型枠B1aと隣接する残存型枠の上側の係止材(インサート)43a同士に別の連結具52aのボルト孔V3,V3にボルトV1,V1を挿通して該連結具を螺着締結すると複数の該残存型枠B1a同士は上下、左右端が強固に連結されるので不動の状態で立設して最下段1列目設置は完了する。  Next, via the other bolt hole VA3 of the upright connector 52A, it is embedded in a predetermined position of the left vertical frame 23a of the remaining mold adjacent to the right vertical frame 24a of the lowermost remaining mold B1a. When the bolts V1 and V1 (nuts V2 as necessary) are screwed onto the engaging members 43a (inserts or the like), the plurality of adjacent residual molds B1a are erected with a predetermined gradient and interval. Subsequently, the bolts V1 and V1 are inserted into the bolt holes V3 and V3 of the other connecting member 52a between the engaging members (inserts) 43a on the upper side of the remaining forming frame adjacent to the remaining forming frame B1a, and the connecting member is screwed. When the fastening is fastened, the upper and lower ends and the left and right ends of the plurality of remaining molds B1a are firmly connected to each other.

次の工事は2段目の残存型枠B2aを1段目の残存型枠B1aに所定の勾配と間隔をなして戴置する。この場合現場の状況により2段目の係止材43aが1段目の連結具52a上にくるとは限らない。現場の状況によって必ず発生する曲線、又は折れ曲がりに自由に対応する為に本発明は仁意の個所でも残存型枠同士を連結できる係止手段4,4aと連結具5を発明した。即ち係止凸部41aと係止凹部42a等を有する係止手段並びに係止部4,4aと連結手段、連結具5、51a,52a等によって解決出来る。該係止部4aに対応した連結具5,51aのボルト孔に前記残存型枠B1aの上側の連結具52aのボルト孔を介して、ボルトV1、ナットV2で螺着することによって、上段及び下段の残存型枠は仁意の個所で強固に連結される。In the next construction, the second-stage remaining mold B2a is placed on the first-stage remaining mold B1a with a predetermined gradient and interval. In this case, the second-stage locking member 43a does not necessarily come on the first-stage coupling member 52a depending on the situation at the site. The present invention invents the locking means 4 and 4a and the connecting member 5 that can connect the remaining molds even in a unique place in order to freely cope with a curve or a bend that always occurs depending on the situation at the site. That is, the problem can be solved by the locking means having the locking convex portion 41a and the locking concave portion 42a, the locking portions 4, 4a, the connecting means, the connecting tools 5, 51a, 52a and the like. By screwing with bolts V1 and nuts V2 through bolt holes of the upper connector 52a of the remaining mold B1a into the bolt holes of the connectors 5, 51a corresponding to the locking portions 4a, the upper and lower stages The remaining formwork is firmly connected at the discretion.

2段目の残存型枠B2aと隣接する残存型枠の左右縦枠体同士と1段目B1aの上横枠体21aとの連結は前記同様の連結具51aと52aによって連結する。又該残存型枠B1a、B2aの連結が不足するときは上下横枠体21a、22aの係止部41a,41aに前記連結具51a,51aを嵌着してボルトV1、V2によって螺着するとよい。前記残存型枠の背面にコンクリートを打設する場合は該型枠がコンクリート圧によって前に転倒しないように控材6、62a,63aの一方端を前記連結具のボルトV1に連結して、他端を控材61aに連結すると前記圧力に抗することが出来る。
前後して裏込砕石D1と胴込コンクリートCを打設する。前記同様の方法で適宜繰り返し工事を行ない組積完了し最後に天端仕上げを行ない完了する
The left and right vertical frames of the remaining mold form adjacent to the second stage residual mold B2a and the upper horizontal frame 21a of the first stage B1a are connected by the same connectors 51a and 52a. When the remaining molds B1a and B2a are not sufficiently connected, the connecting members 51a and 51a are fitted to the engaging portions 41a and 41a of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21a and 22a and screwed with bolts V1 and V2. . When placing concrete on the back of the remaining formwork, one end of the holding members 6, 62a, 63a is connected to the bolt V1 of the connector so that the formwork does not fall forward due to the concrete pressure. When the end is connected to the holding member 61a, the pressure can be resisted.
Before and after placing backside crushed stone D1 and intruded concrete C. Repeat the construction as necessary in the same way as above, complete the assembly, and finally finish the top end

図5は図1の残存型枠を更に詳細に説明する為の断面図で、図5(a)は図1のA1−A1断面図で、図5(b)は図1のA2−A2断面図である。
前記図1と説明が重複しないところだけ説明する。本発明の残存型枠の1例として図5に示す様に、該型枠は矩形状で長辺側の横方向長さL1と短辺側の縦方向幅L2をなし、上下該型枠と連結可能な適宜の形状をなす枠体、例えば矩形状の上横枠体21aと下横枠体22aに係止凸部41a,41a,と係止凹部42a,42aとを有して連結手段、連結具5を介して隣接する残存型枠との連結可能な適宜の形状をなし、該枠体21aの上端部には横方向端目地段部33aと枠体22aの直線状の横方向端目地接続面35aとを当接して該枠体同士の横方向枠体当接面30aを形成しているが共に該段部33a、33aであってもよい。
5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the remaining form of FIG. 1 in more detail, FIG. 5 (a) is a cross-sectional view along A1-A1 in FIG. 1, and FIG. 5 (b) is a cross-sectional view along A2-A2 in FIG. FIG.
Only the parts that are not duplicated in FIG. 1 will be described. As an example of the remaining mold of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 5, the mold is rectangular and has a lateral length L1 on the long side and a vertical width L2 on the short side. A frame having an appropriate shape that can be connected, for example, a rectangular upper horizontal frame body 21a and a lower horizontal frame body 22a having locking projections 41a, 41a and locking recesses 42a, 42a, a connecting means, It has an appropriate shape that can be connected to the adjacent remaining formwork via the connector 5, and the upper end of the frame 21a has a lateral end joint step 33a and a linear lateral end joint of the frame 22a. Although the horizontal frame contact surface 30a between the frames is formed by contacting the connection surface 35a, both the step portions 33a and 33a may be used.

他方横方向の連結と接合は左、右縦枠体23a,24aに適宜の位置と数だけ係止材(インサート等)43aを埋設し連結具を介して上下,左右の該型枠と連結する。更に該枠体23aの端部には適宜の張り出し長L3の形状を有する凸段部31aとこれを受け入れる凹段部32aが右縦枠体24aの頭部付近にあり、該段部同士を連結したとき縦方向端目地34aが形成される。左右縦枠体23a,24aの下方に曲線または折れ線の壁面に対応できるように隣接残存型枠1‘、1’の該枠体23a‘,24a’と当接時に下端が開く適宜の形状(この場合は三角)の曲折対応裏端縦目地37aを形成している。中間縦枠体25a上に中間目地段部36aが形成されているがこれに限定するものでなく縦、又は横方向に中間目地段部36が1又は2以上側面板表面11aの適宜の位置に形成されていてもよい、側面板1,1aは表面、裏面共に平滑でも、又適宜の模様の凹凸の有る表面11aに対し,裏面12aは平滑であっても或いはその逆であっても良い。前記同様の表面凹凸11aに対応して板厚t1が一定の厚みをなした裏面凹凸12aでもよい。
前記説明した横,縦,中間枠体の目的と機能については側面板1aの板厚が薄いと外圧に抵抗できないので枠体を設けて側面板と固定又は半固定にして剛性と断面係数を増して外圧に抗する様にした。さらに枠体に隣接する残存型枠と仁意に位置で連結可能とするために凹凸係止部41a,42aを設け連結具を介して連結できる様にした。
On the other hand, in the horizontal connection and joining, the left and right vertical frame bodies 23a and 24a are embedded with locking materials (inserts, etc.) 43a in an appropriate position and number, and are connected to the upper, lower, left and right molds via a connector. . Further, at the end of the frame body 23a, there is a convex step portion 31a having an appropriate overhanging length L3 and a concave step portion 32a for receiving it, in the vicinity of the head of the right vertical frame body 24a. As a result, a longitudinal end joint 34a is formed. An appropriate shape that opens at its lower end when it comes into contact with the frame bodies 23a 'and 24a' of the adjacent remaining molds 1 'and 1' so as to correspond to the curved or polygonal wall surfaces below the left and right vertical frame bodies 23a and 24a (this In this case, a back end vertical joint 37a corresponding to a bend) is formed. An intermediate joint step 36a is formed on the intermediate vertical frame 25a, but the present invention is not limited to this, and one or more intermediate joint steps 36 are provided at appropriate positions on the side plate surface 11a in the vertical or horizontal direction. The side plates 1 and 1a which may be formed may be smooth on the front and back surfaces, or the back surface 12a may be smooth or vice versa with respect to the front surface 11a having an uneven pattern. A back surface unevenness 12a having a constant thickness t1 corresponding to the same surface unevenness 11a may be used.
Regarding the purpose and function of the horizontal, vertical, and intermediate frames described above, if the side plate 1a is thin, it cannot resist external pressure, so a frame is provided to fix or semi-fix the side plate to increase rigidity and section modulus. To withstand external pressure. Further, in order to be able to connect with the remaining mold frame adjacent to the frame body at an arbitrary position, concave and convex engaging portions 41a and 42a are provided so that they can be connected via a connecting tool.

図6は前記連結具5の一つである枠体連結具51aについて更に詳細に説明する。
図6(a)は横枠体と枠体連結具との嵌着断面斜視図で、図6(b)は上下横枠体と枠体連結具との連結状態を示す断面図。符号は前記図1〜図5と一致し各部位の機能と作用も同様である。
図に於いて、枠体連結具51aは適宜の位置と数を有するボルト孔V3又は長孔V4を設けた適宜の形状の連結板511aと縦連結板512a、横連結板513a、係止連結板514a、押圧連結板515aとより構成され、前記横枠体21aと係止凹部42aと係止凸部41aを囲むように嵌着され必要に応じて余裕幅DL3を設けたり又はこれにクサビV5等が打ち込まれたりしている。
次に前記施工と連結方法にて説明した様に、該残存型枠B1aの上横枠体21aに上段の該型枠B2aの下横枠体22aを所定の位置に戴置して、前記下段で使用した同じ型の枠体連結具51aを反転して下横枠体22aに上記の様に嵌着して、該連結板511a,511a同志のボルト孔V3、V4にボルトV1を挿通してナットV2にて螺着するとナットV2の締付圧が押圧連結板515aに伝達され上下横枠体の係止凹部42a、42a同士は強固に連結され外圧に抗することが出来る。
FIG. 6 explains the frame connector 51a which is one of the connectors 5 in more detail.
FIG. 6A is a perspective view of a fitting cross-section between the horizontal frame and the frame connector, and FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view showing a connection state between the upper and lower horizontal frames and the frame connector. The reference numerals are the same as those in FIGS.
In the figure, the frame connector 51a includes an appropriately shaped connecting plate 511a, a longitudinal connecting plate 512a, a horizontal connecting plate 513a, and a locking connecting plate provided with bolt holes V3 or elongated holes V4 having appropriate positions and numbers. 514a and a pressing connecting plate 515a, which is fitted so as to surround the horizontal frame 21a, the locking recess 42a, and the locking projection 41a, and is provided with a margin width DL3 as necessary, or a wedge V5, etc. Has been driven in.
Next, as described in the construction and connection method, the lower horizontal frame 22a of the upper mold B2a is placed at a predetermined position on the upper horizontal frame 21a of the remaining mold B1a, and the lower The frame connector 51a of the same type used in the above is inverted and fitted to the lower horizontal frame 22a as described above, and the bolt V1 is inserted into the bolt holes V3 and V4 of the connecting plates 511a and 511a. When the nut V2 is screwed, the tightening pressure of the nut V2 is transmitted to the pressing connection plate 515a, and the locking recesses 42a, 42a of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies are firmly connected to resist external pressure.

本発明の特徴である仁意の壁面の曲、折れ線にも対応できる残存型枠Bb、1の形状と連結具5の発明の思想を前記図にて開示したが、更に詳しく他の実施例を取り上げて説明する。
図7は厳しい現場の状況にも組積可能な別の枠体連結具51bの使用例で、図7(a)は上下残存型枠に段差が生じた場合の枠体連結具同士の連結状況を示す連結状態断面図で、図7(b)は別の枠体連結具の斜視図で、図7(c)は別の枠体連結具を連結する場合の連結状態断面図で、図7(d)は別の長孔の締結変形爪の説明用断面図を示す。
図に於いて、前記した様に、壁面の勾配と曲線又は折れ曲がりにより出隅,入隅が発生するがこれにより上下の横枠体間に大小の出,入の段差DL0が生じる。図示の場合は出段差+DL0で、この逆の場合(図示なし)は入段差−DL0が生じる。
Although the shape of the remaining mold Bb 1 and the idea of the invention of the connector 5 that can cope with the bend of the wall surface and the broken line, which are the features of the present invention, are disclosed in the above drawings, other embodiments are described in more detail. Take up and explain.
FIG. 7 shows an example of using another frame connector 51b that can be stacked even in harsh conditions. FIG. 7 (a) shows how the frame connectors are connected when there is a step in the upper and lower remaining molds. 7 (b) is a perspective view of another frame connector, and FIG. 7 (c) is a connection sectional view when another frame connector is connected. (D) shows sectional drawing for description of the fastening deformation nail of another long hole.
In the figure, as described above, the protruding corner and the entering corner are generated due to the gradient of the wall surface and the curve or the bending, and this causes a large and small step DL0 between the upper and lower horizontal frames. In the case shown in the figure, the difference in level is + DL0, and in the opposite case (not shown), an entry level difference -DL0 occurs.

別の枠体連結具51bと上下横枠体21b,22bとの取り付け方法は前記と同じであるが駄々異なる第1点は上下枠体連結具51b1、51b2に出段差+DL0が生じるので前記ボルト孔V3の様な丸孔ではこの様な出隅、入隅の状況には対応出来ない。従って連結板511bの中央付近に出段差+DL0に対応出来る長さのボルト長孔V4を設けると解決する。この事は入段差−DL0も同様にボルト長孔V4によって解決する。
前記した様に、上下連結板511b、511bの該長孔V4にボルトV1挿通し、ナットV2にて螺着すると前記同様に該横枠体同士は強固に連結される。又上下横枠体21b、22bの係止凹部42b、42b同士の押圧力を更に強くする場合は、次に説明する方法にて押圧連結板515b、515bに強い押圧力を掛けることが出来る。
The method of attaching the other frame body connector 51b and the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21b and 22b is the same as described above, but the first difference is that the upper and lower frame body connectors 51b1 and 51b2 have a protruding step + DL0, so the bolt holes A round hole such as V3 cannot cope with the situation of such a corner. Therefore, if the bolt long hole V4 having a length corresponding to the protruding step + DL0 is provided near the center of the connecting plate 511b, the problem is solved. This is solved by the bolt long hole V4 in the same way as for the entry step -DL0.
As described above, when the bolt V1 is inserted into the elongated hole V4 of the upper and lower connecting plates 511b and 511b and screwed with the nut V2, the horizontal frame members are firmly connected in the same manner as described above. Further, when the pressing force between the locking recesses 42b and 42b of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21b and 22b is further increased, a strong pressing force can be applied to the pressing connecting plates 515b and 515b by the method described below.

この工法の第一方法は水平DLHに設置された連結具51b1の押圧連結板515b1に必要押圧力に対応する締付高DL4を設け、これを得るために締付高DL6と適宜の形状の締付突起516bを連結板511b1の両端付近に設ける。
第二の方法は締付突起516bを設けないで、これと同等の機能を発揮するように連結具51b2の該突起位置と締付高DL7とからなる傾斜を有する連結板511b2に替えることも可能である。
上記連結具の使用方法は該連結具51b1同士、51b2同士或いは51b1と51b2を各々合わせて使用する事も可能で、前記同様に連結具51b1と51b2は各々5枚の連結板(511b1〜515b1)、又は(511b2〜515b2)を有している。
図7(c)を同図(a)に使用したとして説明すると、前記同様に上横枠体21bに連結具51b1を嵌着し、次に上段の下横枠体22bに連結具51b2を嵌着して、ボルト孔V3又はV4にボルトV1を挿通してナットV2で螺着すると締付突起516bの位置を支点として螺着力のナットV2による梃子の作用で押圧連結板515b1、515b2に強力な押圧力が作用し該枠体21b、22b同士はナットV2の押圧力を受けて外力に抗する事が出来る。このナットV2の作用に依って締付高DL4〜DL7は撓み変位が発生するが該螺着力に支障が生じ無い様に、必要に応じて係止凸部41bと各連結板512b1〜514b1、512b2〜514b2に変位吸収として余裕高DL1、DL2,DL3とDL4〜DL7を設ける事も可能である。
The first method of this construction method is to provide a clamping height DL4 corresponding to the necessary pressing force on the pressing connection plate 515b1 of the coupling tool 51b1 installed in the horizontal DLH, and to obtain this, the clamping height DL6 and the fastening of an appropriate shape. The protrusions 516b are provided near both ends of the connecting plate 511b1.
In the second method, the fastening protrusion 516b is not provided, and the connection plate 511b2 having an inclination composed of the protrusion position of the connection tool 51b2 and the fastening height DL7 can be replaced so as to perform the same function as this. It is.
It is also possible to use the connecting tools 51b1, 51b2, or 51b1 and 51b2 together, and the connecting tools 51b1 and 51b2 are each composed of five connecting plates (511b1 to 515b1). Or (511b2 to 515b2).
If FIG. 7 (c) is used in FIG. 7 (a), the connector 51b1 is fitted to the upper horizontal frame 21b, and the connector 51b2 is then fitted to the lower horizontal frame 22b. When the bolt V1 is inserted into the bolt hole V3 or V4 and screwed with the nut V2, the pressing connection plates 515b1 and 515b2 are strong by the action of the lever by the nut V2 of the screwing force with the position of the tightening projection 516b as a fulcrum. The pressing force acts and the frame bodies 21b and 22b can resist the external force by receiving the pressing force of the nut V2. The tightening heights DL4 to DL7 are deflected and displaced by the action of the nut V2, but the locking projection 41b and the connecting plates 512b1 to 514b1 and 512b2 are necessary as necessary so that the screwing force is not hindered. It is also possible to provide margins DL1, DL2, DL3 and DL4 to DL7 as displacement absorption at ˜514b2.

前記した様に連結具51bを残存型枠Bbに取り付け組積した後裏込コンクリート打設した際,控え材63bのボルト孔と連結具のボルト孔とにボルトV1を挿通してナットV2で螺着した後、控材63bに作用するコンクリート圧がより強いとナットV2の締結力にも係わらず連結板511b、511b相互がずれる恐れが有る。この場合は該連結板511bの表面又は裏面のいずれか又は双方に滑り防止の凹凸のストッパー5111b又は控え材63bの接触面に同様のストッパー5112を適宜選定して使用する事も可能である。さらにボルトV1と長孔V4の摩擦力を増すために該長孔V4に凹凸V42設けてもよい。或いは図7(d)に示す長孔V4より変形可能な適宜の長さの締結変形爪517bを立設すると良い。この場合該長孔V4にボルトV1を挿通してナットV2を螺着すると、前記締結変形爪517bの爪の長さがナットV2の螺着に合わせて変形して爪が該ボルトV1のネジ山に躯込み該連結板とボルトV1は強力なコンクリート圧にも抗する事ができる。
更に摩擦力を増すために上下横枠体の接触面の何れか又は双方に適宜の形状の係止凹凸45bを設ける事も可能である。
As described above, when the connecting tool 51b is attached to the remaining mold Bb and assembled and then placed into the back concrete, the bolt V1 is inserted into the bolt hole of the retainer 63b and the bolt hole of the connecting tool, and is screwed with the nut V2. If the concrete pressure acting on the retainer 63b is stronger after being attached, the connecting plates 511b and 511b may be displaced from each other regardless of the fastening force of the nut V2. In this case, it is also possible to appropriately select and use a similar stopper 5112 on the contact surface of the anti-slip concave / convex stopper 5111b or the retaining material 63b on either or both of the front and back surfaces of the connecting plate 511b. Further, in order to increase the frictional force between the bolt V1 and the long hole V4, the concave and convex V42 may be provided in the long hole V4. Alternatively, a fastening deformation claw 517b having an appropriate length that can be deformed from the long hole V4 shown in FIG. In this case, when the bolt V1 is inserted into the elongated hole V4 and the nut V2 is screwed, the claw length of the fastening deformation claw 517b is deformed in accordance with the screwing of the nut V2, and the claw is threaded on the bolt V1. The connecting plate and the bolt V1 can withstand strong concrete pressure.
Further, in order to increase the frictional force, it is possible to provide locking irregularities 45b having an appropriate shape on either or both of the contact surfaces of the upper and lower horizontal frames.

前記した様に本発明の特徴は直線は勿論の事、仁意の勾配と曲線又は折れ線の壁面にも組積出来る目的の残存型枠を開発する事であったが、その目的は前記枠体連結具51により達成された。しかし該型枠の形状と現場の状況により達成されない場合は次に開示する縦枠体連結具52により解決出来る。図8はその該連結具とこれらに関する製品機能を説明する説明図で、図8(a)は縦枠体連結具とこれら周辺部位との取付断面斜視図で、図8(b)は別の縦枠体連結具の取付断面図で図8(c)は図8(b)の縦枠体連結具の横断面図を示す。  As described above, the feature of the present invention was to develop a residual mold for the purpose of being able to be built on the wall of a gentle slope and a curved line or a polygonal line as well as a straight line. Achieved by the connector 51. However, if it cannot be achieved due to the shape of the mold and the situation at the site, it can be solved by the vertical frame connector 52 disclosed next. FIG. 8 is an explanatory view for explaining the connecting device and the product functions related to the connecting device. FIG. 8 (a) is a perspective view of the attachment section of the vertical frame connecting device and these peripheral portions, and FIG. FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view of the vertical frame connector, and FIG. 8C is a cross-sectional view of the vertical frame connector of FIG.

図に於いて、下段残存型枠B1c、1cの上横枠体21cと上段残存型枠B2c、1cの下横枠体22cは当接されて入段差−DL0をなして組積され、残存型枠B2cの右縦枠体24cと横方向に隣接する残存型枠B2c‘の左縦枠体23cは縦枠体当接面L6cで当接して端縦目地余裕幅371cを有する曲折線対応端縦目地37cを形成している。この技術によって曲折線に対応できる。更に該上下横枠体の当接面より取付高5221cの位置に該型枠製造時に係止材43cが埋設されたり、又は事後にこれを取付ける係止材孔431cが各々設けてある。この部分の補強と該型枠材料の周りを良くするために必要に応じて適宜の形状の係止材ふかし44cを設けている。そして張出長L3cを有する凸段部31cが凹段部32cに当接して縦方向端目地34cを形成していることは前記の通りである。  In the figure, the upper horizontal frame 21c of the lower remaining molds B1c and 1c and the lower horizontal frame 22c of the upper remaining molds B2c and 1c are brought into contact with each other to form an entry step -DL0. The left vertical frame body 23c of the remaining mold frame B2c ′ laterally adjacent to the right vertical frame body 24c of the frame B2c is in contact with the vertical frame body contact surface L6c and has an end vertical joint margin width 371c. A joint 37c is formed. This technique can cope with bent lines. Further, a locking material 43c is embedded in the position of the mounting height 5221c from the contact surface of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies at the time of manufacturing the mold, or a locking material hole 431c for attaching it later is provided. In order to reinforce this portion and improve the surroundings of the formwork material, an appropriately shaped locking material puff 44c is provided as necessary. As described above, the convex step portion 31c having the overhang length L3c abuts on the concave step portion 32c to form the longitudinal end joint 34c.

次に本発明の特徴は該型枠を組積して裏側に胴込コンクリートを打設すると、下段残存型枠B1cの上横枠体21cの係止凹部42cに係止凸部41cの影響で空気が溜まりコンクリートの周りが悪くなることがある。この様な場合は係止凸部に1又は2ケ所以上の幅461cと高さ462cの適宜の形状の係止空気抜孔46cを設けたり、係止凸部にハンチ4111cを前後何れか又は双方に有するハンチ付の係止凸部を設けることも可能である。  Next, the feature of the present invention is that when the molds are assembled and the concrete is placed on the back side, the latching concave portions 42c of the upper horizontal frame body 21c of the lower remaining mold B1c are affected by the latching convex portions 41c. Air may accumulate and the surroundings of the concrete may deteriorate. In such a case, a locking air vent 46c having an appropriate shape having a width 461c and a height 462c of one or two or more places is provided on the locking projection, or a haunch 4111c is provided on either or both sides of the locking projection. It is also possible to provide a latching projection with a haunch.

次に本発明の特徴である縦枠体連結具52cについて説明する。
該残存型枠の組積工法によっては該型枠B1cに戴置した前記型枠B2cを一時自立させる必要がある。前記連結具51で可能であるが更に強力に自立させる為に取付高5221cを有する連結具52、52cを利用するとよい。
前記した凹凸V42を必要に応じて付設したボルト長孔V4と適宜の数と位置に設けた補強リブ526c1と幅527cを有する張出連結板521cと、その端部より立設した竪連結板522cに取付高5221cの位置に水平方向にボルト長孔V4Cが設けてあり、該連結板の長孔V4cに前記した左右縦枠体23cと24cに設置された各係止材43c、43cにボルトV1を螺着するとボルトの螺着圧により該左右縦枠体同士と該連結板は強固に連結される。更に曲折れ線に対応できる所定の余裕幅371cを確保した曲折対応端裏縦目地37cを形成する事が出来る。該縦連結板522cには必要に応じて適宜の形状の縦連結板孔523cと取付補強リブ524cと前記控材62を取付ける控材取付孔525cと補強リブ526c2を各々必要に応じて設けている。そして上下残存型枠B2cとB1cの連結は下段の残存型枠の上横枠体21cに嵌着された連結具51cの張出連結板511cのボルト長孔V4と、前述した張出連結板521cのボルト長孔V4とに入段差−DL0を考慮した位置にボルトV1を挿通してナットV2にて螺着すると上段の左右縦枠体と下段の残存型枠の上横枠体を介して上下残存型枠B2cとB1cは曲折対応の余裕幅371cを確保して更に強固に連結されている。尚この連結手段は下段の残存型枠B1cの左右縦枠体又は中間縦枠体、或いは中間横枠体の係止材と上段の該型枠B2cの下横枠体の係止凸部との連結も同様の方法で行なうことが出来ことは云うまでも無い。
Next, the vertical frame connector 52c, which is a feature of the present invention, will be described.
Depending on the masonry method of the remaining formwork, the formwork B2c placed on the formwork B1c needs to be temporarily independent. Although possible with the connector 51, the connectors 52 and 52c having a mounting height 5221c may be used in order to make them stand more strongly.
The bolt long hole V4 provided with the unevenness V42 as necessary, the reinforcing rib 526c1 provided at an appropriate number and position, the overhanging connection plate 521c having a width 527c, and the flange connection plate 522c provided upright from the end thereof. A bolt long hole V4C is provided in the horizontal direction at the mounting height 5221c, and a bolt V1 is provided on each of the locking members 43c and 43c installed in the left and right vertical frame bodies 23c and 24c in the long hole V4c of the connecting plate. When the screw is screwed, the left and right vertical frame members and the connecting plate are firmly connected by the screwing pressure of the bolt. Further, it is possible to form a bending-compatible end-back vertical joint 37c that secures a predetermined margin width 371c that can correspond to the bending line. The vertical connection plate 522c is provided with a vertical connection plate hole 523c, an attachment reinforcing rib 524c, and a retaining member mounting hole 525c for attaching the retaining member 62 and a reinforcing rib 526c2, respectively, as necessary. . The upper and lower remaining molds B2c and B1c are connected to the bolt long hole V4 of the extended connecting plate 511c of the connecting tool 51c fitted to the upper horizontal frame 21c of the lower residual mold and the above-described extended connecting plate 521c. When the bolt V1 is inserted into the bolt long hole V4 in consideration of the step difference -DL0 and screwed with the nut V2, it is moved up and down via the upper left and right vertical frame bodies and the upper horizontal frame body of the lower residual mold. The remaining molds B2c and B1c are more firmly connected with a margin 371c for bending. The connecting means includes a left and right vertical frame body or an intermediate vertical frame body of the remaining mold frame B1c at the lower stage, or a locking member of the lower horizontal frame body at the upper frame of the mold B2c. It goes without saying that the connection can be performed in a similar manner.

次に図8(b)、(c)に於いて、前記した様に壁面に出隅、入隅のない直線状またはそれに近い壁面であれば上下横枠体の背面線がほぼ揃うので前述の様な連結具51c、52cの組み合わせでなく両者を一体化した経済的で、単純で、取り扱いが簡単な縦横枠体連結具53dを提供できる。
該連結具53dの連結板531dは係止凸部41dを股がって張り出して、ボルト螺着可能な位置にボルト孔V3又は長孔V4が穿設されており、該孔にボルトV1を螺着して一方の連結具53dを連結する。該連結具の他方端は前記図同様に左右縦枠体23d、24d又は、中間縦枠体25dの所定の位置に埋設された係止材43dに、該連結具の他方端付近に穿設されたボルト孔V3又は長孔V4の何れかにボルトV1を挿入して螺着すると該連結具は簡単に早くそして確実に締結できる。尚前記連結具51の横連結板513,513a、を531dに替えて係止連結板514,押圧連結板515を省略してボルトV1をボルト孔V3、又は長孔V4に螺着することも可能である。この方法は前記図1〜図7にも適用できる。
縦連結板532dは前記連結板522cと機能及び使用等同じで該連結板を使用することも可能であるが、別の工法として開示すると、縦連結板532dは必要に応じて縦連結板孔533dを縦方向に有した山形の取手リブ534dに取付孔535dを必要に応じて設け、更に縦リブ536dを前記同様に設ける事も可能である。この様に本発明のリブ等は色々な形状を提供できる。尚取付リブ534d等は52cにも採用可能である。
Next, in FIGS. 8 (b) and 8 (c), the back lines of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies are almost aligned if the wall surface is straight or close to the wall as described above. It is possible to provide an economical, simple and easy-to-handle vertical / horizontal frame connector 53d in which both the connectors 51c and 52c are integrated, instead of the combination.
The connection plate 531d of the connection tool 53d extends over the locking projection 41d, and a bolt hole V3 or a long hole V4 is formed at a position where the bolt can be screwed, and the bolt V1 is screwed into the hole. Wear and connect one connector 53d. The other end of the coupling tool is drilled in the vicinity of the other end of the coupling tool in a locking member 43d embedded in a predetermined position of the left and right vertical frame bodies 23d and 24d or the intermediate vertical frame body 25d as in the above-described figure. When the bolt V1 is inserted and screwed into either the bolt hole V3 or the long hole V4, the connector can be fastened easily and quickly. It is also possible to replace the horizontal connecting plates 513 and 513a of the connecting device 51 with 531d and omit the locking connecting plate 514 and the pressing connecting plate 515 and screw the bolt V1 into the bolt hole V3 or the long hole V4. It is. This method can also be applied to FIGS.
The vertical connection plate 532d has the same function and use as the connection plate 522c, and the connection plate can be used. However, when disclosed as another method, the vertical connection plate 532d has a vertical connection plate hole 533d as necessary. It is also possible to provide a mounting hole 535d as needed in a mountain-shaped handle rib 534d having a vertical direction and further provide a vertical rib 536d in the same manner as described above. Thus, the ribs and the like of the present invention can provide various shapes. Note that the mounting ribs 534d and the like can also be used for 52c.

前記図8で開示した縦枠体同士と縦枠体と横枠体との連結は縦枠体の定位置に埋設された係止材43を介して連結したが、本発明はこれに限定するもので無く、縦枠体の適宜の位置で縦枠体同士又は横枠体とを連結出来る工法を開示する。
この事を可能とする別の残存型枠の形状部位と連結具を図9に示す。図9(a)は別の左右縦枠体を連結具で連結した状態の連結断面斜視図で、図9(b)は図9(a)の横断面図を示す。図に於いて、左右縦枠体23e、24eの端部に、前記横枠体の係止凸部41と同様の機能を有する係止凸部41e2、41e2が設けて有り、さらに横枠体21eの係止凸部41e1、41e1は前述と同様の係止凸部41が設置されている。
Although the vertical frame bodies disclosed in FIG. 8 and the vertical frame bodies and the horizontal frame bodies are connected to each other via a locking member 43 embedded in a fixed position of the vertical frame body, the present invention is limited to this. A construction method that can connect the vertical frame bodies or the horizontal frame bodies at appropriate positions of the vertical frame bodies is disclosed.
FIG. 9 shows another shape part of the remaining mold and a connector that enable this. Fig.9 (a) is a connection cross-sectional perspective view of the state which connected another left-right vertical frame body with the connection tool, FIG.9 (b) shows the cross-sectional view of Fig.9 (a). In the figure, locking projections 41e2 and 41e2 having the same function as the locking projection 41 of the horizontal frame are provided at the ends of the left and right vertical frames 23e and 24e, and the horizontal frame 21e. The locking projections 41e1 and 41e1 are provided with the same locking projections 41 as described above.

左右縦枠体の曲折対応端裏縦目地37eは所定の端縦目地余裕幅371eをなして、必要に応じて目地余裕幅確保のためにクサビV51が嵌入されて仮止め立設している。
連結具は3種類あり、第一の縦枠体連結具54eは前記同様にL型をなし、連結板521eに適宜の方向(斜め、水平、垂直等)の長孔V4e1を有し、その端部より立設した縦連結板522eの適宜の位置(縦枠体安定位置)に前述同様の長孔V4e2が穿設されている。第2の連結板55eはコ型をなし連結板551eとほぼ直折れした連結板553eと折れ曲がって係止連結板554eと更に押圧連結板555eを有しており、第3の連結具56eは前述同様に連結板561e、563e、係止連結板564eと押圧連結板565eから成っている。
The bent vertical end joints 37e corresponding to the bending of the left and right vertical frame bodies have a predetermined end vertical joint margin width 371e, and a wedge V51 is fitted and temporarily fixed to secure the joint margin width as necessary.
There are three types of connectors, and the first vertical frame connector 54e is L-shaped in the same manner as described above, and has a long hole V4e1 in an appropriate direction (diagonal, horizontal, vertical, etc.) on the connector plate 521e. A long hole V4e2 similar to that described above is formed in an appropriate position (vertical frame body stable position) of the vertical connecting plate 522e erected from the portion. The second connecting plate 55e has a U-shape, and has a connecting plate 553e that is bent almost directly with the connecting plate 551e, is bent and has a locking connecting plate 554e, and further a pressing connecting plate 555e, and the third connecting member 56e is described above. Similarly, it consists of connecting plates 561e and 563e, a locking connecting plate 564e and a pressing connecting plate 565e.

連結具の取付け手順は該連結具54eのボルト孔V3e2又はV4e2にボルトV1を挿入して、前記要領で連結具55e,56eを重ね合わせて相互のボルト孔V3e2、V4e2のいずれかに該ボルトV1を挿入してナットV2にて螺着すると左右の縦枠体は強固に連結される。そして前記要領にて既に上横枠体21eと係止凸部41e1に嵌着された連結具51を前記連結板521eの長孔V4e1にボルトV1、ナットV2にて螺着すると上下の該型枠は強固に連結される。従って縦枠体に係止凸部41e2,41e2を使用すると仁意の高さの位置で連結具55e、56eを締結出来るので便利である。The attachment procedure is as follows. The bolt V1 is inserted into the bolt hole V3e2 or V4e2 of the connector 54e, and the connectors 55e and 56e are overlapped as described above, and the bolt V1 is placed in one of the bolt holes V3e2 and V4e2. And the left and right vertical frames are firmly connected. When the connecting tool 51 already fitted into the upper horizontal frame 21e and the locking projection 41e1 is screwed into the long hole V4e1 of the connecting plate 521e with the bolt V1 and the nut V2, the upper and lower molds are fitted. Are firmly connected. Therefore, it is convenient to use the locking projections 41e2 and 41e2 in the vertical frame body, since the connecting tools 55e and 56e can be fastened at a position of an arbitrary height.

図9(b)は図9(a)の縦枠体と係止凸部41e2、41e2に前記連結具51aが51eとして、該連結具51aに図8(b)のボルトV1を採用した連結具57eを使用している。この様に縦枠体に係止凸部を設けた場合でも連結具51の型を使用することも可能で、必要に応じて縦枠体連結具54eを設けたり、連結板513e2の先端付近に設けたボルト孔V3又は長孔V4の何れかに係止凸部41e2に係止するためのボルトV1を螺着する事も可能で、この場合の押圧連結板515e2は座金の役割を成している。又は必要に応じてクサビV52及び/又はV53を設けてもよい。
更に凹段部32eと凸段部31eの接面321e,311eは直線で説明したが本発明の接面は各各異なった適宜の曲、折れ線であっても良い。例えば凹段部の接面が直線321eで途中で折れ線322eであり、凸段部の接面は直線311eの組み合わせでも又その逆であっても良い。更に両接面が曲線、折れ線312e,322eの組み合わせで、更に直線311eと321eの組み合わせであっても良い。
又図8(a)にて説明した係止空気抜孔46cと同様で少し変形の該空気抜孔46e1、46e2を縦枠体23e、24eの何れか又は双方に1又は2以上設けると該縦目地37eと段部が連通して枠体の形状に依っては空気とコンクートが段部接面311e、322e等に周り段部の補強に成る。
FIG. 9B shows a connecting tool in which the connecting tool 51a is 51e on the vertical frame body and the locking projections 41e2 and 41e2 shown in FIG. 9A, and the bolt V1 shown in FIG. 57e is used. In this way, even when the vertical frame body is provided with the locking convex portion, it is possible to use the mold of the coupling tool 51. If necessary, the vertical frame body coupling tool 54e may be provided, or near the tip of the coupling plate 513e2. It is also possible to screw the bolt V1 for locking to the locking projection 41e2 into either the provided bolt hole V3 or the long hole V4. In this case, the pressing connection plate 515e2 serves as a washer. Yes. Alternatively, the wedges V52 and / or V53 may be provided as necessary.
Further, the contact surfaces 321e and 311e of the concave step portion 32e and the convex step portion 31e have been described as straight lines, but the contact surface of the present invention may be a different appropriate curve or polygonal line. For example, the contact surface of the concave step portion may be a straight line 321e and a polygonal line 322e, and the contact surface of the convex step portion may be a combination of the straight line 311e or vice versa. Further, the both contact surfaces may be a combination of a curved line and broken lines 312e and 322e, and a combination of straight lines 311e and 321e.
Further, if one or more of the air vent holes 46e1 and 46e2 which are the same as the locking air vent hole 46c described in FIG. Steps communicate with each other, and depending on the shape of the frame, air and concrete serve as reinforcements around the stepped contact surfaces 311e and 322e.

前記した様に本発明の残存型枠形状の大きさによっては組積して胴込めコンクリートを打設した際、横枠体同士の当接部の下段側42f部分に空気溜まりが出来て、コンクリートの回りが悪くなる事がある。この事を解決する為の対処方法の一例を図10に示す。
図10(a)は別の残存型枠1fの上横枠体の断面斜視図で、図10(b)は図10(a)の上横枠体に図1〜図8に記載した隣接する下横枠体22fが戴置当接された状態の断面図を示し、図10(c)は別の残存型枠の組積断面図で、図10(d)は別の残存型枠の上下横枠体同士の連結部位の断面図を示す。
図に於いて、該残存型枠B1fの上横枠体21fに前記の係止凸部41fと必要に応じて設ける係止凹部空気抜孔47f及び/又は前記の係止空気抜孔46fの他に、その表面に適宜の形状の横方向端目地段部33fと横方向当接段部38f、この段部間に発生する係止凹部通気路48fと先の空気抜孔47f、と46fとが連通した状態を成している。
As described above, depending on the size of the residual mold form of the present invention, when the concrete is placed and placed into the concrete, an air pool is formed in the lower side 42f of the contact portion between the horizontal frames, and the concrete The surroundings may be worse. An example of a coping method for solving this problem is shown in FIG.
10A is a cross-sectional perspective view of the upper horizontal frame body of another remaining mold 1f, and FIG. 10B is adjacent to the upper horizontal frame body of FIG. 10A described in FIGS. FIG. 10C is a cross-sectional view of another remaining mold frame, and FIG. 10D is a top and bottom view of another remaining mold frame. Sectional drawing of the connection part of horizontal frame bodies is shown.
In the figure, in addition to the locking projection 41f and the locking recess air vent hole 47f and / or the locking air vent hole 46f provided in the upper horizontal frame body 21f of the residual mold B1f, if necessary, An appropriately shaped lateral end joint step portion 33f and a lateral contact step portion 38f, a locking recess vent passage 48f generated between the step portions, and the previous air vent holes 47f and 46f communicate with each other on the surface. Is made.

図10(b)に於いて、上記横枠体21fに下横枠体22fを戴置すると、該横枠体22fは前記段部33fと38fの安定当接幅範囲に、即ちL1f内のL2fとL3fに当接しているので安定しており、同時に該通気路48fの空間が確保でき、コンクリート打設によって発生する下段の空気は空気抜孔47f、48fを通って空気抜孔47f0より排気される。更に必要に応じて設けた係止空気抜孔46fより排気される。  In FIG. 10B, when the lower horizontal frame 22f is placed on the horizontal frame 21f, the horizontal frame 22f falls within the stable contact width range of the step portions 33f and 38f, that is, L2f in L1f. Since the contact with L3f is stable, the space of the air passage 48f can be secured at the same time, and the lower air generated by the concrete placement is exhausted from the air vent 47f0 through the air vents 47f and 48f. Further, the exhausted air is exhausted from a locking air vent hole 46f provided as necessary.

前記した空気抜きの他に次に開示する方法もある。
この方法の1例を図10(c)にて説明する。前記した残存型枠は側面板1と上下横枠体21,22とがほぼ90度を成していた。これは横枠体の梁高が低いと問題無いが梁高が高く成ると空気が溜まり易くなる。この解決方法の1つは横枠体の梁高に応じて角度(KAKU)を90度以上すると係止凸部41f1がコンクリートの打設面より上に来るので空気が溜まらない。このことに依って係止凸部41f1及び連結具等も変形した形状をとることもある。
In addition to the air vent described above, there is a method disclosed next.
An example of this method will be described with reference to FIG. In the above-described residual mold, the side plate 1 and the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21 and 22 formed approximately 90 degrees. This is not a problem if the beam height of the horizontal frame is low, but air tends to accumulate when the beam height increases. One of the solutions is that when the angle (KAKU) is 90 degrees or more according to the beam height of the horizontal frame body, the locking projection 41f1 comes above the concrete placement surface, so that air does not collect. Due to this, the locking projection 41f1 and the connecting tool may take a deformed shape.

又別の方法として図10(d)に示す様に側面板1f2と上下横枠体21f2と、22f2との角度は略90度にし、これに対応して横方向枠体当接面30f2も同様の角度と成る。
しかし側面板1f2と上下横枠体21f2,22f2の係止凹部42f2,42f2は空気の溜まらない角度(KAKU)90度以上と係止連結部514f2を90度又は90度以上にすると空気は溜まらない。これに対応して係止凸部41f2と連結具5,51f252f2等も変化する。
As another method, as shown in FIG. 10 (d), the angle between the side plate 1f2 and the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21f2 and 22f2 is set to about 90 degrees, and the horizontal frame body contact surface 30f2 is also correspondingly corresponding thereto. It becomes the angle.
However, if the side plate 1f2 and the locking recesses 42f2 and 42f2 of the upper and lower horizontal frames 21f2 and 22f2 are at an angle (KAKU) of 90 degrees or more and the locking connection portion 514f2 is 90 degrees or 90 degrees or more, no air is collected. . Correspondingly, the locking projection 41f2 and the connectors 5, 51f252f2 etc. also change.

前記までは側面板と枠体と係止部は同一材料であったが本発明はこれに限定するものでなく係止部4は異なる材料であってもよい。これらの形状と連結方法を図11〜図14にその1例として開示する。
図11(a)は本発明の別の残存型枠の背面斜視図で,図11(b)、(c)は同図(a)の4−A4断面図とA5−A5断面図を示す。
Until now, the side plate, the frame, and the locking portion are made of the same material, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the locking portion 4 may be made of different materials. These shapes and connection methods are disclosed as an example in FIGS.
FIG. 11 (a) is a rear perspective view of another remaining mold according to the present invention, and FIGS.

図に於いて、前記図と形状と機能と技術的思想は同じであるが、只異なる点は少し小型の上下横枠体21g、22gより背面側に矩形又は適宜の形状をなす係止凹部空気抜孔47gが有り、これを挟んで前記建築材料から適宜選定してなるL型の係止凹凸材45gの上、下係止凹凸材451g、452gが左、右縦枠体23g、24gと中間縦枠体25gの上下端部に埋込、付着、接着材、溶接、ボルト、アンカー等の単独又は併用の接合手段によって固着されている。又前記凸段部31g1が左縦枠体23gの中央上半分に張出し、残り半分は前記凹段部32g1が形成されている。これを受け入れる該段部は右縦枠体の上部半分に凹段部32g2が,又下半分に凸段部31g2が形成されている。前記同様に係止材43gが該枠体の裏端面に43g1と必要に応じて該枠体の腹部に43g2が前記同様に所定の位置に埋込まれている。
更に側面板1gの表面11gの凹凸と対応して裏面12gも板厚t1を成して凹凸を形成しているが前記同様に平滑等であってもよい。
In the figure, the figure, shape, function, and technical idea are the same, but the difference is that the engagement recess air that has a rectangular shape or appropriate shape on the back side from the slightly smaller upper and lower horizontal frames 21g, 22g. There is a hole 47g, and an L-shaped latching uneven material 45g and lower latching uneven materials 451g, 452g, which are appropriately selected from the building materials with the hole 47g in between, are left and right vertical frame bodies 23g, 24g and intermediate vertical The frame body 25g is fixed to the upper and lower ends of the frame 25g by a single or combined joining means such as embedding, adhesion, adhesive, welding, bolt, anchor or the like. The convex step portion 31g1 projects over the upper half of the center of the left vertical frame body 23g, and the concave half portion 32g1 is formed in the other half. The step portion that receives this is formed with a concave step portion 32g2 in the upper half of the right vertical frame and a convex step portion 31g2 in the lower half. Similarly to the above, the locking member 43g is embedded in the rear end face of the frame body, and 43g2 is embedded in the abdomen of the frame body in a predetermined position as necessary.
Further, the back surface 12g has a thickness t1 corresponding to the unevenness of the front surface 11g of the side plate 1g, and the unevenness is formed as described above.

上記図11で開示した残存型枠B1gと隣接する残存型枠B2gとの各々の連結方法を図12〜図14にて説明する。
図12は該連結方法の一例で、図12(a)は各縦枠体と隣接する残存型枠の係止凹凸材との連結状態を示す断面図で、図12(b)は他の位置での連結状態を示す断面図。
同図(a)に於いて、上横枠体21gと所定の幅を有して上係止凹部空気抜47g1を有してL型の係止凹凸部(材)441g1が前記接合手段にて設置されており、隣接する該型枠B2gの下横枠体22gと該空気抜47g2と該凹凸材442g1が入段差−DL0をなして戴置されている。この様な戴置状態の該型枠同士の連結方法は前記開示した方法と基本的に異なる所はなく同様な方法で連結される。
Each connection method of the residual mold B1g disclosed in FIG. 11 and the adjacent residual mold B2g will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 12 is an example of the connection method, FIG. 12 (a) is a cross-sectional view showing a connection state between each vertical frame body and the engaging unevenness material of the adjacent residual formwork, and FIG. 12 (b) is another position. Sectional drawing which shows the connection state in FIG.
In FIG. 11A, the upper lateral frame 21g and a predetermined width and an upper locking recess air vent 47g1 are provided, and an L-shaped locking uneven portion (material) 441g1 is formed by the joining means. The lower horizontal frame 22g, the air vent 47g2, and the concavo-convex material 442g1 adjacent to the adjacent formwork B2g are placed with an entry step -DL0. The connecting method of the molds in such a placed state is basically different from the disclosed method and is connected by the same method.

即ち、フック付のL型の係止凹凸連結具58gのL型の一辺の矩形の連結板581g1は前記同様のボルト孔V3又はボルト長孔V4を所定の方向と位置に有し、他辺の縦連結板582g1の先端に、係止凹凸材441g1の先端に嵌着可能なフック状の係止連結板584を兼ねた押圧連結板585g1が形成され該係止凹凸材441g1の一辺の先端付近に嵌着されており、上段B2gの該縦枠体23g等の係止材43g1は先述の縦枠体連結具52g1の縦連結板522g1のボルト孔V3又はボルト長孔V4の何れかにボルトV1によって螺着されている。
更に他辺の連結板521g1の該孔V3又はV4の何れかにボルトV1を介して先の連結板581g1と強固に締結している。
That is, the L-shaped rectangular connecting plate 581g1 of the L-shaped locking concave-convex connecting tool 58g with a hook has the bolt hole V3 or the bolt long hole V4 similar to the above in a predetermined direction and position. A pressing connection plate 585g1 that also serves as a hook-shaped locking connection plate 584 that can be fitted to the front end of the locking uneven member 441g1 is formed at the front end of the vertical connecting plate 582g1, and is formed near the front end of one side of the locking uneven member 441g1. The locking member 43g1 such as the vertical frame body 23g of the upper stage B2g is fitted with the bolt V1 in either the bolt hole V3 or the bolt long hole V4 of the vertical connection plate 522g1 of the vertical frame body connector 52g1 described above. It is screwed.
Further, the other connection plate 521g1 is firmly fastened to either the hole V3 or V4 of the connection plate 521g1 via the bolt V1 with the previous connection plate 581g1.

同図(b)に於いて、L型の上、下係止凹凸連絡連結具59g1と59g1の横連結板592g1と592g1の一方端は上下横枠体21gと22gの表面211g1と211g1に必要に応じて設けた凹凸に所定の長さに当接され、他方のL型辺の連結板591g1と591g1は該板441g1と442g1に当接係止されて、前記該孔V3又はV4のいずれかに挿通されたボルトV1とナットV2によって、上下連結具59g1と59g1は強固に連結される。従って前記の様に連結具52g又は59gのいずれか又は双方を適宜採用する該連結手段に依って仁意の位置で連結出来るので出隅,入隅又は直線の残存型枠にも対応できる。尚枠体表面211gの凹凸は前記した係止手段の係止部41,42,45等であってもよい。  In FIG. 6B, one end of the horizontal connecting plates 592g1 and 592g1 of the upper and lower engaging / recessing connecting / connecting connectors 59g1 and 59g1 is necessary for the surfaces 211g1 and 211g1 of the upper and lower horizontal frames 21g and 22g. The other L-shaped side connection plates 591g1 and 591g1 are contacted and locked to the plates 441g1 and 442g1 to be in either of the holes V3 or V4. The upper and lower connectors 59g1 and 59g1 are firmly connected by the inserted bolt V1 and nut V2. Therefore, as described above, since it is possible to connect at an arbitrary position by the connecting means that appropriately employs either or both of the connecting tools 52g and 59g, it is possible to cope with a protruding form, an entering corner, or a straight remaining formwork. The unevenness of the frame surface 211g may be the locking portions 41, 42, 45, etc. of the locking means described above.

図13(a)は別の縦枠体連結具の使用断面図で、図13(b)は別の枠体連結具の使用断面図を示す。図13は図12と発明の内容については同じで、只異なる点は係止凹凸材441g2と442g2が逆向きになっていることだけで、この様な場合であっても本発明は連結具52,59を一部改良する事によって採用する事ができる。
該係止凹凸材441g2と442g2のL型の一辺又は全部が縦枠体23g〜25gに前記した様に埋込まれたり,当接されたり適宜の方法で接合されている。
前記と異なる点は縦枠体連結具の一辺5211g2と枠体連結具の一辺5811g2が該凹凸材442g2と441g2の一辺に当接可能に変形している事である。
同図(b)に於いても前図(b)と同様で、追加する点はL型の一辺442g2の先端に該連結板592g2が連結しやすい様に舌板5911g2を設けることも可能で、この技術は本発明の全部に使用する事もできる。
Fig.13 (a) is a use sectional drawing of another vertical frame connection tool, and FIG.13 (b) shows the use sectional drawing of another frame connection tool. FIG. 13 is the same as FIG. 12 in terms of the contents of the invention, and the only difference is that the locking irregularities 441g2 and 442g2 are opposite to each other. , 59 can be adopted by partially improving.
One or all of the L-shaped sides of the engaging irregularities 441g2 and 442g2 are embedded in, contacted with, or joined to the vertical frame bodies 23g to 25g as described above.
The difference from the above is that one side 5211g2 of the vertical frame connector and one side 5811g2 of the frame connector are deformed so as to be in contact with one side of the concavo-convex members 442g2 and 441g2.
In FIG. 6B, the same as in FIG. 6B, the point to be added is that the tongue plate 5911g2 can be provided at the tip of one side 442g2 of the L shape so that the connection plate 592g2 can be easily connected. This technique can also be used for all aspects of the present invention.

図14は前記図12、13と図面的には異なるが技術的思想は同じで,本発明の係止材とこれに対応した連結手段を選定する事に依って、いかなる現場状況であっても組積対応可能である。
図14(a)は別の枠体連結具と連結方法の断面図で、図14(b)は別の枠体連結具と連結方法の断面図である。
同図(a)に於いて、下段残存型枠Bh1の上横枠体21hの所定の位置に係止材43hが埋設されており、これに折曲り丸棒の係止凹凸材45h1の端部を螺着するか又は直接埋設し、そして該材の他方端は横方向に突出しており、これに上段の係止凹凸材45h2が戴置している。下横枠体22hの所定の位置に埋設された係止材43hに丸棒の係止凹凸連絡連結具59hの一方端は螺着され又は直接埋設され、他方端は先の係止凹凸材45h2のボルト孔V3に挿通されナットV21,V22によって螺着されている。該材45h1と45h2との連結は当接部に溶接等又は前記連結手段にて連結する。尚該係止凹凸連絡連結具59hは丸棒に限定するもので無く板又は型材でもよく直接端部を横枠体に埋設したり、その他端は係止凹凸材45h2に溶接等する事も可能である。
尚該型枠Bh1、Bh2に横方向端目地段部33h1,33h2が各々設けてある。
FIG. 14 is different from FIGS. 12 and 13 in the drawing, but the technical idea is the same. By selecting the locking member of the present invention and the connecting means corresponding to this, any situation in the field is possible. It can handle masonry.
FIG. 14A is a cross-sectional view of another frame connector and a connecting method, and FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view of another frame connector and a connecting method.
In FIG. 6A, a locking member 43h is embedded at a predetermined position of the upper horizontal frame 21h of the lower remaining formwork Bh1, and an end portion of the locking uneven member 45h1 of the bent round bar is embedded therein. Are screwed or directly embedded, and the other end of the material protrudes in the lateral direction, and an upper locking uneven material 45h2 is placed thereon. One end of a round bar locking uneven connection connector 59h is screwed or directly embedded in a locking member 43h embedded in a predetermined position of the lower horizontal frame 22h, and the other end is a previous locking uneven material 45h2. Is inserted into the bolt hole V3 and screwed by nuts V21 and V22. The members 45h1 and 45h2 are connected to the contact portion by welding or the like or the connecting means. The engaging / recessing connection connector 59h is not limited to a round bar, and may be a plate or a mold, and the end portion may be directly embedded in the horizontal frame, or the other end may be welded to the engaging uneven member 45h2. It is.
In addition, lateral end joint steps 33h1 and 33h2 are provided on the molds Bh1 and Bh2, respectively.

同図(b)に於いて、前図14(a)と異なり上下横枠体21i,22iは出段差をなしている。係止凹凸材45はL型に限定するもので無く丸型、矩型等適宜の形状も可能でその一例を係止凹凸材45i2に示す。該材の抑えの係止凹凸連絡連結具59i2の該連絡板592i2は先端付近に、該材45i2に2枚の嵌着可能な形状の係止凹凸連絡連結板593i2を有して連結板591i2に溶接等で固着ている。そして他方の該連結具59i1の先端は該材45i1の一辺の先端に係止可能な係止凹凸連絡連結板592i1と必要に応じて嵌着可能な係止凹凸連絡連結板593i1を設けている。
更に上下横枠体21iと22iの相互の連結は前記同様に該係止凹凸連絡連結板59i1と59i2を各該材45i1と45i2に嵌着してボルトV1、ナットV2で締結する。
In FIG. 14B, unlike the previous FIG. 14A, the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21i, 22i have a step difference. The locking uneven material 45 is not limited to the L-shape, and an appropriate shape such as a round shape or a rectangular shape is also possible. The connecting plate 592i2 of the locking concave / convex connecting connector 59i2 for holding the material has a locking concave / convex connecting connecting plate 593i2 having a shape that can be fitted to the material 45i2 in the vicinity of the tip. It is fixed by welding or the like. The other connecting tool 59i1 is provided with a locking uneven connection connecting plate 592i1 that can be locked to the front end of one side of the material 45i1 and a locking uneven connection connecting plate 593i1 that can be fitted if necessary.
Further, the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21i and 22i are connected to each other by fitting the engaging uneven connection connecting plates 59i1 and 59i2 to the members 45i1 and 45i2 and fastening them with bolts V1 and nuts V2.

先の図11〜図14に示した係止凹凸材が該型枠の上下端にあったが、本発明はこれに限定するもので無く、該型枠の中間にも設置することも可能でこの技術を図15〜16に開示する。
図15(a)は本発明の別の残存型枠の組積背面斜視図で図15(b)は図15(a)のA6−A6の連結部位の断面図で、図15(c)は図15(b)の正面図で、図16(a)は図15(b)の別の連結部位の断面図で、図16(b)は別の残存型枠の背面斜視図で、図16(c)は図16(b)の図15(b)と同様の上下横枠体の連結部位の断面図。
The engaging irregularities shown in FIGS. 11 to 14 were at the upper and lower ends of the mold, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it can also be installed in the middle of the mold. This technique is disclosed in FIGS.
15A is a rear perspective view of another assembled mold according to the present invention, FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view of a connecting portion of A6-A6 in FIG. 15A, and FIG. 15 (b) is a front view, FIG. 16 (a) is a cross-sectional view of another connecting portion of FIG. 15 (b), FIG. 16 (b) is a rear perspective view of another remaining mold, and FIG. (C) is sectional drawing of the connection part of the up-and-down horizontal frame body similar to FIG.15 (b) of FIG.16 (b).

図15に於いて、図11で開示した残存型枠は係止凹凸材が上下横枠体と略同位置に設置されていたが、本発明の係止凹凸材は残存型枠の中間の適宜の位置に前記同様に適宜の形状と材料の係止凹凸材を設置することも可能で係止材43jに連結したり、又は直接埋込んだりする。 本例では上下端部付近の係止材ふかし44j11〜44j13の係止材43j13〜43j15の何れか又は全部にL型鋼材のボルト孔V3に螺着して、縦枠体連結具52j1のボルト孔V3、V4を連結する為の係止材43j11,43j12は残してある。尚該係止ふかしの係止材は枠体に設ける事も可能である。
尚係止凹凸材45j10の控除材に示すように全長で無く必要な部分であっても良い。
In FIG. 15, the remaining mold disclosed in FIG. 11 has the locking irregularities disposed at substantially the same position as the upper and lower horizontal frames. Similarly to the above, it is also possible to install a locking irregularity material of an appropriate shape and material at the position, and it is connected to the locking material 43j or directly embedded. In this example, any or all of the locking members 43j13 to 43j15 of the locking member puffs 44j11 to 44j13 in the vicinity of the upper and lower end portions are screwed into the bolt holes V3 of the L-shaped steel material, and the bolt holes of the vertical frame connector 52j1. The locking members 43j11 and 43j12 for connecting V3 and V4 are left. The locking material of the locking puffer can also be provided on the frame.
In addition, as shown in the deduction material of the locking uneven member 45j10, it may be a necessary portion instead of the full length.

図15(b)、(c)に於いて、図15(a)のA6−A6の位置での上下残存型枠の連結は上段の係止凹凸材45j2と下段の残存型枠の係止材43j、43j12、43j11に連結具52j2,52j1を前記要領にて連結する。
詳しくは、下段の係止材43j12、43j11に該連結具52j1の長孔V4を介してボルトV1V1にて締結して、上段の残存型枠B2を戴置して該連結具52j2を係止凹凸材45j2の上方より差込み可能長さDLj2より差込み、フック5231j2が該凹凸材の先端に嵌着されて、他端の連結板521j2と521j1の長孔V4にボルトV1を挿入してナットV2にて螺着する事は前記より想定出来る。
15 (b) and 15 (c), the upper and lower remaining molds are connected at the position A6-A6 in FIG. 15 (a). The couplers 52j2 and 52j1 are coupled to 43j, 43j12, and 43j11 as described above.
Specifically, the lower locking members 43j12 and 43j11 are fastened with bolts V1V1 through the elongated holes V4 of the connecting member 52j1, and the upper remaining formwork B2 is placed to fix the connecting member 52j2 to the concave and convex portions. Inserted from above the material 45j2 through the insertable length DLj2, the hook 5231j2 is fitted to the tip of the concavo-convex material, the bolt V1 is inserted into the elongated hole V4 of the connecting plates 521j2 and 521j1, and the nut V2 Screwing can be assumed from the above.

尚該連結具52j2の上端に張出板581j2を設け、単独の連結板523j2,5231j2、582j2を設けてボルトV1、V2にて締結出来ると連結板521J1,521J2の無い52j1と52j2の一体の連結具を提供可能である。又この工法を使用するときであっても係止凹、凸部41,42と連結具51、52と併用する事も可能である。
又更にこの連結工法を使用する場合、DLj2を短くしたり、更に連結具51,52等を連結する係止凸部41、係止凹部42を省略したりする事も可能である。
If a protruding plate 581j2 is provided at the upper end of the connecting member 52j2 and a single connecting plate 523j2, 5231j2, 582j2 is provided and fastened with bolts V1, V2, 52j1 and 52j2 are integrally connected without the connecting plates 521J1, 521J2. Tools can be provided. Even when this construction method is used, it is possible to use the locking recesses, the convex portions 41 and 42 and the coupling tools 51 and 52 together.
Further, when this connecting method is used, DLj2 can be shortened, and further, the locking convex part 41 and the locking concave part 42 for connecting the couplers 51, 52, etc. can be omitted.

図16は図15(b)の応用例で、前図と異なる点を説明すると、係止凹凸材45kは前記図と逆になっているがこの場合であっても本発明の係止凹凸連結具58kを使用すると解決する。該連結具は図13(a)と類似しており、フック581kと折曲部582kとボルト孔V3,V4を有している。他方縦枠体連結具52kの連結板522kは反対方向に折れ曲がり、先の連結具58kとボルトV1、ナットV2にて螺着している。
更に該連結具の連結板521kの下端のボルト孔V3等と係止材43kをボルトV1にて螺着している。
FIG. 16 shows an application example of FIG. 15 (b), and the points different from the previous figure will be explained. Using the tool 58k solves the problem. The connector is similar to that shown in FIG. 13A, and has a hook 581k, a bent portion 582k, and bolt holes V3 and V4. On the other hand, the connecting plate 522k of the vertical frame connecting member 52k is bent in the opposite direction, and is screwed with the connecting member 58k, the bolt V1, and the nut V2.
Further, the bolt hole V3 at the lower end of the connecting plate 521k of the connecting tool and the locking member 43k are screwed together with the bolt V1.

図16(b)に於いて、先の係止凹凸材の位置の上段にL型の係止凹凸材45l1と下方にアリ溝を有する係止凹凸材45l2が直接左縦枠体23lと右縦枠体24lに図11の様に固着されている。この場合は中間縦枠体が無い。該凹凸材45l2の適宜の位置にアリ溝嵌着具481lを挿通する為のアリ溝挿通孔451lが設けてある。
図16(c)は図16(b)を組積して連結した連結部位の断面図で、この場合も係止凹凸材41,42の無い上下横枠体21l、22lの残存型枠を使用しているが前記同様に該凹凸材があっても良い。
下段の係止凹凸材45l1に係止凹凸連結具58l1のフック581l1が嵌着され他端は該連結具52lの連結板522lのボルト孔V4等のボルト、ナットV1、V2にて螺着されている。
上段の係止凹凸材45l2のアリ溝451lに嵌着可能なアリ頭581l2を嵌入孔451l2より挿入するか又は公知のアリ頭を使用して該連結具58l2のボルト孔V4等と先の連結具52lの連結板523lのボルト孔V4等とボルト、ナツとV1,V2にて螺着する。尚該凹凸連結具58l1の一辺よりL型の板体582l1を設けてボルトV11にて該凹凸材の先端に嵌着押圧される連結具(図後述)を必要に応じて設けることも可能である。
In FIG. 16 (b), an L-shaped locking uneven material 45l1 at the upper stage of the previous locking uneven material and a locking uneven material 45l2 having a dovetail groove directly below the left vertical frame body 23l and the right vertical frame It is fixed to the frame body 24l as shown in FIG. In this case, there is no intermediate vertical frame. A dovetail groove insertion hole 451l for inserting the dovetail fitting tool 4811l is provided at an appropriate position of the uneven member 45l2.
FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional view of the connecting portion obtained by stacking and connecting FIG. 16B. In this case, the remaining molds of the upper and lower horizontal frames 21l and 22l without the locking irregularities 41 and 42 are used. However, the concavo-convex material may be present as described above.
A hook 581l1 of a locking uneven member 58l1 is fitted to the lower locking uneven member 45l1, and the other end is screwed by bolts such as bolt holes V4 of the connecting plate 522l of the connecting member 52l, nuts V1 and V2. Yes.
Insert a dovetail head 581l2 that can be fitted into the dovetail groove 451l of the upper locking irregularity member 45l2 or insert a known dovetail head into the bolt hole V4 or the like of the connector 58l2 using the known dovetail head. The bolt holes V4 and the like of the 52l connecting plate 523l are screwed together with bolts and nuts V1 and V2. In addition, it is also possible to provide an L-shaped plate body 582l1 from one side of the concave-convex coupler 5811 and to provide a coupler (described later in the drawing) that is fitted and pressed to the tip of the concave-convex member with a bolt V11. .

本発明の残存型枠の要素は直線に於いては勿論のこと、曲線、折線によって生じる出隅、入隅にも対応でき、該型枠の背面に胴込コンクリートを打設した場合でもコンクリートが該型枠の表面に漏れ出さないことが重要な要素である。前記した凹,凸段部又は曲折線対応端裏縦目地37で充分安全であるが、現場の状況によって対応できない場合は図17に示す各段部にて対応可能である。
図17(a)は本発明の別の凹凸段部と曲折対応端裏縦目地の上面断面図で,同図(b)は別の凹凸段部と曲折対応端裏縦目地の上面断面図で、同図(c)は別の凹凸段部と曲折対応端裏縦目地の上面断面図で、同図(d)は別の上下横枠体の当接状況を示す横断面図。
The remaining formwork elements of the present invention can be applied not only to straight lines, but also to corners and corners created by curves and fold lines. It is an important factor not to leak into the surface of the mold. The above-described concave / convex stepped portion or bent line-corresponding end back vertical joint 37 is sufficiently safe, but if it cannot be handled depending on the situation at the site, it can be handled by each stepped portion shown in FIG.
FIG. 17A is a top cross-sectional view of another uneven step and bending-supported end back vertical joint of the present invention, and FIG. 17B is a top cross-sectional view of another uneven step and bend-supporting end back vertical joint. FIG. 4C is a top sectional view of another uneven step portion and a bending-compatible end-back vertical joint, and FIG. 4D is a transverse sectional view showing a contact state of another upper and lower horizontal frame body.

図17(a)が前記と異なる点は図8,図9が左右いずれかの縦枠体の上端部より張り出した適宜の形状の凸段部31c又は31eの一段部だけであったが、本発明の段部は複数の凸段部を有している事である。即ち右縦枠体24mの上端付近より突出又は張り出した凸段部31m2の上面に凹段部32mを形成し、この上表面321mに前記同様の凸段部31m1を戴置して322mで当接して縦方向端日地34mをなし、曲折対応端裏縦目地37mと余裕幅371mを形成している。この状態は直線の場合で、出隅,入隅の場合は凸段部31m2の一部に当接面321m又は322mの一部が接したり、開いたりしているが必ず一点は常に接触しているのでコンクリートが漏れる事がない。そして又係止材43m1,43m1のボルトV1,V2と連結板52等によって余裕幅371mが強固に確保されているのでコンクリート圧によって該余裕幅が変形する事はない。この事は前記図8,図9に於いても同様である。図17(a)の特徴は張出長L3が少なく,余裕幅371mを大きく取れる。
尚左右縦枠体の所定の位置と数だけ係止材43m1、43m1を設けている。更に必要に応じて該枠体の腹部に挿通孔43m2,43m2を設置して該左右縦枠体相互をボルトナット等で連結して余裕幅371mを確保したり,又控材6のアンカー孔等として使用出来ることは前記同様である。尚前記した様に当接面322mの途中で折まがることもある。
FIG. 17 (a) is different from the above in that FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are only one step portion of the convex step portion 31c or 31e having an appropriate shape projecting from the upper end portion of the left or right vertical frame body. The step portion of the invention has a plurality of convex step portions. That is, a concave step portion 32m is formed on the upper surface of the convex step portion 31m2 protruding or projecting from the vicinity of the upper end of the right vertical frame body 24m, and the same convex step portion 31m1 is placed on the upper surface 321m and abuts at 322m. Thus, a vertical end edge 34m is formed, and a bent-back edge back joint 37m and a margin width 371m are formed. This state is a straight line, and in the case of a protruding corner or an entering corner, a part of the contact surface 321m or 322m is in contact with a part of the convex step part 31m2 or is open, but one point is always in contact. Because there is no leakage of concrete. Further, since the margin width 371m is firmly secured by the bolts V1, V2 of the locking members 43m1, 43m1, the connecting plate 52, etc., the margin width is not deformed by the concrete pressure. This also applies to FIGS. 8 and 9. The feature of FIG. 17A is that the overhang length L3 is small and the margin width 371m can be increased.
It should be noted that the locking members 43m1 and 43m1 are provided in a predetermined position and number of the left and right vertical frame bodies. Further, if necessary, insertion holes 43m2 and 43m2 are installed in the abdomen of the frame body, and the left and right vertical frame bodies are connected to each other with bolts and nuts to secure a margin width 371m, or the anchor hole of the holding member 6 or the like It can be used as is the same as described above. As described above, it may be folded in the middle of the contact surface 322m.

図17(b)は左右縦枠体23n、24nに係止凹凸部42nと41nを設け、更に左縦枠体23nの上端付近に縦枠体凹部323nを設けて凸段部31n2の先端当接部322nを嵌着しており、更に当接面321nが傾斜している。この工法はコンクリートの漏れを完全に防ぐだけでなく張出長L3を長く取れるので大きな出隅,入隅にも対応できる。この図では係止凹凸部42n、41nを有しているので連結具51を使用して前記同様に余裕幅371nを確保しているが、前図同様に係止材43m1、43m2のボルト孔を設けて係止材43、ボルトV1,ナットV2等の使用による余裕幅371n確保することも可能である。尚当接面321nは前記同様に直線、傾斜、折れ曲がり、曲線、湾曲及びこれらを使用した複合材であっても良い。  In FIG. 17 (b), the left and right vertical frame bodies 23n and 24n are provided with engaging concave and convex portions 42n and 41n, and further, a vertical frame body concave portion 323n is provided near the upper end of the left vertical frame body 23n to contact the tip of the convex step portion 31n2. The portion 322n is fitted, and the contact surface 321n is further inclined. This construction method not only completely prevents the leakage of concrete, but also has a long overhang length L3, so that it can cope with large projecting corners and entering corners. In this figure, since the locking irregularities 42n and 41n are provided, the connecting tool 51 is used to secure the margin width 371n in the same manner as described above, but the bolt holes of the locking materials 43m1 and 43m2 are provided as in the previous figure. It is also possible to secure the margin width 371n by providing the locking member 43, the bolt V1, the nut V2, and the like. The contact surface 321n may be a straight line, an inclination, a bend, a curve, a curve, or a composite material using these, as described above.

図17(c)は前図とは図的にはかなり異なっているが技術的思想は変わる事が無い。右縦枠体24oの係止凹部42oは傾斜して,凸段部31o2、31o1の当接面32o1は湾曲しており、該枠体24oの下端には矩形上の張出突起411o1が連続して又は一部張り出して隣接する左縦枠体23oの係止突起411o2と係止突起先端412oにて当接している。これは直線、入隅の場合はこのままで良く,これに依って余裕幅371oが安定して確保されている。出隅の時にはこの突起が邪魔になるので係止突起はつり線412oよりはつり取ると余裕幅371oは開いたり,閉じたりして出隅の大きさに対応できる。
横方向の連結は連結具51を係止凹部42o、42oに当接して前記同様にて締結する。又この場合であっても係止材43m,ボルトV1等を前記同様に使用できる事は云までもない。
FIG. 17 (c) is considerably different from the previous figure, but the technical idea is not changed. The locking recess 42o of the right vertical frame 24o is inclined and the contact surface 32o1 of the convex step portions 31o2 and 31o1 is curved. Or the protruding portion 411o2 of the adjacent left vertical frame 23o is in contact with the locking projection tip 412o. In the case of straight lines and corners, this may be left as it is, and the margin width 371o is stably ensured accordingly. Since this protrusion becomes an obstacle at the protruding corner, if the locking protrusion is suspended from the suspension line 412o, the margin width 371o can be opened or closed to correspond to the size of the protruding corner.
In the horizontal connection, the connector 51 is brought into contact with the locking recesses 42o and 42o and fastened in the same manner as described above. In this case, it is needless to say that the locking member 43m, the bolt V1, etc. can be used in the same manner as described above.

図17(d)は上下横枠体の形状の多様性を開示したもので、上横枠体21pの係止凹部42は凹凸を有する係止部又はストッパー511pに替わり、係止凸部41は傾斜面の係止凸部411pに代用されている。又上下横枠体の当接面はコンクリート圧に抗する様に凹凸を有するストッパー5111を設けることも可能で、下横枠体22pの係止凹部42pは左右の傾斜421pを有する事もある。更に図6(b)等で説明した端横目時34a、横端目地接続面35aに限定するもので無く、図17(d)の34p1,34p2の同形の目地であってもよい。この場合も枠体連結具51又は縦枠連結具52を使用できる。  FIG. 17 (d) discloses the variety of shapes of the upper and lower horizontal frames, and the locking recess 42 of the upper horizontal frame 21p is replaced with a locking portion or stopper 511p having irregularities, and the locking projection 41 is It substitutes for the latching convex part 411p of an inclined surface. The contact surfaces of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies can be provided with stoppers 5111 having irregularities so as to resist the concrete pressure, and the locking recesses 42p of the lower horizontal frame body 22p may have left and right inclinations 421p. Furthermore, it is not limited to the edge side joint 34a and the side edge joint connection surface 35a described with reference to FIG. 6B and the like, but joints having the same shape as 34p1 and 34p2 in FIG. Also in this case, the frame connector 51 or the vertical frame connector 52 can be used.

本発明の残存型枠は前記した型枠形状に限定するもので無く、地形、地質、環境等の現場の状況によって残存型枠の大きさ、形状及び構造等異なって来る。本発明の残存型枠は如何なる状況にも対応できる基本的な技術的思想を具備しているので、現場の状況に応じて型枠形状を変化させて対処できる。その一例を図18に開示する。
図18(a)は別の残存型枠の背面斜視図で、同図(b)は別の残存型枠の背面図を示し、同図(c)は別の残存型枠の正面図で、同図(d)は別の残存型枠の上面図を示し、同図(e)は別の残存型枠の上面図で、同図(f)は別の残存型枠の斜視図を示す。
The remaining formwork of the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned formwork shape, and the size, shape, and structure of the remaining formwork differ depending on the field conditions such as topography, geology, and environment. Since the remaining formwork of the present invention has a basic technical idea that can cope with any situation, it can be dealt with by changing the formwork shape according to the situation at the site. One example is disclosed in FIG.
18 (a) is a rear perspective view of another remaining mold, FIG. 18 (b) is a rear view of another remaining mold, and FIG. 18 (c) is a front view of another remaining mold, FIG. 4D is a top view of another remaining mold, FIG. 4E is a top view of another remaining mold, and FIG. 2F is a perspective view of another remaining mold.

図18(a)に於いて、残存型枠Bqの様に形状が大きくなると、前記した様な中間縦枠体を使用しないで上下横枠体21,22と左右縦枠体23,24と側面板1のみの残存型枠であったり、これに中間縦枠体を1又は2以上設けたり、或いは前記中間縦枠体をやめ中間横枠体26を1又は2以上のみ設けるだけではコンクリート圧に抗する事が出来ない。この場合は上下横枠体21q、22q、左右縦枠体23q,24q、中間縦枠体25q1,25q2等を1又は2以上と段部31q、32qに中間横枠体26q1〜26q3を1又は2以上を1段又は2段以上適宜選定した残存型枠Bqにするとかなりのコンクリート圧に抗する事ができる。  In FIG. 18A, when the shape becomes large like the remaining mold Bq, the upper and lower horizontal frames 21, 22 and the left and right vertical frames 23, 24 are not used without using the intermediate vertical frame as described above. It is possible to reduce the concrete pressure by simply forming the remaining formwork of only the face plate 1, or providing one or more intermediate vertical frame bodies on the face plate 1, or simply disposing the intermediate vertical frame body and providing only one or more intermediate horizontal frame bodies 26. I can't resist. In this case, the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21q and 22q, the left and right vertical frame bodies 23q and 24q, the intermediate vertical frame bodies 25q1 and 25q2, etc. are 1 or 2 and the intermediate horizontal frame bodies 26q1 to 26q3 are 1 or 2 on the step portions 31q and 32q. If the above is the remaining formwork Bq that is appropriately selected by one or more stages, it is possible to withstand considerable concrete pressure.

図18(b)に於いて、上下横枠体21r、22rと左右縦枠体23r、24rとの中間に、中間横枠体26r1、26r2と菱型の中間傾斜枠体27r1〜27r4が各枠体に当接している。更に左縦枠体23rの上方半分に前記同様の凸段部31r1と、その下半分に凹段部32r2を設置しており、これに対応当接する凹、凸段部が右縦枠体24rの上下半分づつに凹段部32r1と凸段部31r2を設けている。この様に本発明の残存型枠Brは現場の状況により木目細かいデザインをも提供できる。  In FIG. 18B, intermediate horizontal frame bodies 26r1 and 26r2 and rhombus-shaped intermediate inclined frame bodies 27r1 to 27r4 are provided between the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21r and 22r and the left and right vertical frame bodies 23r and 24r. It is in contact with the body. Further, a convex step portion 31r1 similar to the above is installed in the upper half of the left vertical frame body 23r, and a concave step portion 32r2 is installed in the lower half thereof, and the concave and convex steps corresponding to this are provided on the right vertical frame body 24r. A concave step 32r1 and a convex step 31r2 are provided in the upper and lower halves. As described above, the remaining mold Br according to the present invention can provide a fine-grained design depending on the situation in the field.

図18(c)に於いて、前記残存型枠は矩形であったが本発明はこれに限定するもので無く十字型の残存型枠Bsも可能である。即ち矩形状の該型枠1s1を中央に配し、その中央付近上下に小型の該型枠1s2、1s3を固設して十字型を形成している。
更に該型枠の大きさと目的等、必要に応じて中間縦枠体25s1、25s2及び/又は中間横枠体26s1、26s2を前記同様に適宜選定して採用する事も可能である。
又上下横枠体21s1〜21s3、22s1〜22s3並びにこれに付帯した前記同様の係止部、凹凸段部31s1,32s1等適宜選定して採用できる事は云うまでもない。
In FIG. 18 (c), the residual mold is rectangular, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a cross-shaped residual mold Bs is also possible. That is, the rectangular mold 1s1 is arranged at the center, and the small molds 1s2, 1s3 are fixed on the upper and lower sides of the center to form a cross shape.
Furthermore, the intermediate vertical frame bodies 25s1 and 25s2 and / or the intermediate horizontal frame bodies 26s1 and 26s2 can be appropriately selected and employed as necessary, such as the size and purpose of the mold.
Needless to say, the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21s1 to 21s3, 22s1 to 22s3, the same locking portions attached thereto, and the uneven step portions 31s1 and 32s1 can be appropriately selected and employed.

図18(d)に於いて、本発明の出隅、入隅に対処する為には、前記図18(a)、(b)、(c)等の平板状の残存型枠だけでは対処出来ないので、上面より見て適宜の位置で折曲がったL型1t1,1t2を有する立体的な残存型枠Btが必要である。該折曲がりは円形又は適宜の角度であっても良い。更に凹凸段部32t1,31t1と係止部と更に中間縦、横枠体を必要に応じて設置できることは前記同様である。  In FIG. 18 (d), in order to cope with the exit corner and the entrance corner of the present invention, it is possible to cope with only the flat plate-like residual form shown in FIGS. 18 (a), (b), (c). Therefore, there is a need for a three-dimensional residual formwork Bt having L-types 1t1 and 1t2 that are bent at appropriate positions when viewed from above. The bend may be circular or an appropriate angle. Further, as described above, the uneven step portions 32t1 and 31t1, the engaging portion, the intermediate vertical and horizontal frame bodies can be installed as necessary.

図18(e)に於いて、前述の図18(d)が折曲がりの残存型枠であったが、本発明はこの他に曲線の残存型枠Buも可能である。
図18(f)は矩形状の上下横枠体21v、22vと左右縦枠体23v、24vから成る枠体フレームに該枠体と同質又は異質の前記建築材料より選定された硬化性材料(コンクリート等)又は既製品(コンクリ−ト2次製品又は木材等)を一体的に又は別体で、流動化材を流し込んで硬化させたり、或いは2次製品をボルト、接着材等の接合手段で固定状に、又は半固定状等に取り付つける事も可能である。例えば枠体フレームは既製の樹脂を加工して作り、側面板1vは丸太木材で該フレームと木材は接着材で仕上げた残存型枠Bvも提供できる。
この様に本発明の残存型枠は現場の状況に依って色々な形状と模様を提供出来る。
本発明の技術的思想は図に説明した技術のみに限定するもので無く図1〜図18までに開示した各技術が種種選定されて採用されることは勿論のことである。
例えば図18(e)、(f)に於いて中間の縦、横枠体等を設けたり、同図(a)〜(d)及び図1〜図17までを適宜選定して採用したりできる。
In FIG. 18 (e), FIG. 18 (d) is a bent residual mold, but the present invention can also be a curved residual mold Bu.
FIG. 18 (f) shows a curable material (concrete) selected from the above-mentioned building materials of the same or different quality as the frame body, which is composed of rectangular upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21v and 22v and left and right vertical frame bodies 23v and 24v. Etc.) or off-the-shelf products (concrete secondary products or wood, etc.) either integrally or separately, with a fluidizing material poured into them and cured, or the secondary products are fixed with joining means such as bolts or adhesives. It is also possible to attach in a semi-fixed shape or the like. For example, the frame body frame can be made by processing a ready-made resin, the side plate 1v can be a log wood, and the residual mold Bv can be provided in which the frame and wood are finished with an adhesive.
As described above, the remaining form of the present invention can provide various shapes and patterns depending on the situation in the field.
The technical idea of the present invention is not limited to the technology described in the drawings, and it goes without saying that various technologies disclosed in FIGS. 1 to 18 are selected and employed.
For example, in FIGS. 18E and 18F, intermediate vertical and horizontal frames can be provided, and FIGS. 18A to 17D and FIGS. 1 to 17 can be appropriately selected and adopted. .

本発明の名称である残存型枠とその連結方法及び製造方法の内、その連結方法は隣接する残存型枠の上下、左右枠体同士を連結しながら組積又は施工するので連結方法の範疇に入ると考えた。従って図19〜図36までを組積による連結方法として説明する。  Among the remaining formwork and its connection method and manufacturing method, which are the names of the present invention, the connection method is built or constructed while connecting the upper and lower and left and right frame bodies of the adjacent remaining formwork, so it falls within the category of the connection method. I thought I could enter. Accordingly, FIGS. 19 to 36 will be described as a connecting method by masonry.

図19は本発明の残存型枠を組積してコンクリートもたれ擁壁工事による施工完成断面図の1例である。
前記した各種残存型枠と連結具を現場の状況の合わせて適宜採用して、これから説明する各種組積工法即ち連結方法を選定して図19の様に工事を完了させることが出来る。
前記図にて説明した様に下段地表面Z1を掘削した掘削面Z2に基礎Fを設置して、1段目又は2段目以上の残存型枠の段数を適宜選定して、連結具5で連結して控材6と裏込材Dと胴込コンクリートCとの工事の順序を適宜選定して組積完了後、天端コンクリートC1打設して完了する。
FIG. 19 is an example of a cross-sectional view of the completed construction by the construction of the retaining wall construction with the remaining formwork of the present invention.
The above-mentioned various remaining molds and connecting tools are appropriately adopted according to the situation at the site, and various masonry methods, that is, connecting methods to be described below can be selected to complete the construction as shown in FIG.
As described in the above figure, the foundation F is installed on the excavation surface Z2 excavated from the lower surface Z1, and the number of the remaining formwork of the first stage or the second stage or more is appropriately selected. It connects, the order of construction of the holding material 6, the backing material D, and the trunk concrete C is appropriately selected, and after the completion of the masonry, the top concrete C1 is placed and completed.

本発明の残存型枠の組積は既に開示された組積方法にて施工は可能である。
現在開示されている残存型枠の用途はダム及び砂防堰堤の化粧型枠として開発されたもので比較的胴込コンクリートの厚みある構造物に適している。
本発明の残存型枠は上記ダム、砂防堰堤に使用する事も可能であるが、現在ある間知石積、もたれ擁壁、及び直擁壁等に使用することも目指している。
現在開示され組積方法即ち連結方法に近い工法を図20に示す。図20は本発明の連結方法による残存型枠の説明組積断面図。
図20に於いて、前記同様に基礎Fの施工事に固定状に埋設されたアンカーVA1と適宜の長さの連結具受圧控材61A0が立設している。
The masonry of the remaining formwork of the present invention can be constructed by the masonry method already disclosed.
The application of the remaining formwork currently disclosed was developed as a decorative formwork for dams and sabo dams, and is suitable for structures with relatively thick indwelling concrete.
Although the residual formwork of the present invention can be used for the dam and sabo dam, it is also intended to be used for the existing stone, leaning retaining wall, and direct retaining wall.
FIG. 20 shows a construction method close to the masonry method, that is, the connection method disclosed at present. FIG. 20 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the remaining mold by the connecting method of the present invention.
In FIG. 20, the anchor VA <b> 1 that is fixedly embedded in the construction of the foundation F and the connector pressure receiving member 61 </ b> A <b> 0 having an appropriate length are erected in the same manner as described above.

連結具52AAを介して基礎Fと残存型枠の係止材43A0をボルトVA1、V1とナットVA2、V2に依って締結することは前記同様である。引き續1段の上部と2段目の下部は連結具52A0,51A0を介してボルト、ナットV1、V2に依って締結される。
この要領で2,3段目と3,4段目の残存型枠は連結具51と52を適宜組み合わせて使用することも前記同様である。
残存型枠を2段目、3段目以上組積するとこの該型枠のみでは自立できないので、該連結具5と連結受圧控材61とを連結控材62にて連結してトラス骨組構造にしてコンクリリート及び裏込砕石荷重に抗する様にする。
As described above, the base F and the remaining formwork locking member 43A0 are fastened by the bolts VA1 and V1 and the nuts VA2 and V2 through the connector 52AA. The upper part of the first stage of the pulling rod and the lower part of the second stage are fastened by means of bolts and nuts V1 and V2 via the connectors 52A0 and 51A0.
In this manner, the second, third, third, and fourth remaining molds may be used in appropriate combination with the connectors 51 and 52.
When the remaining molds are assembled in the second and third stages, it is impossible to stand alone with the molds alone. To withstand concrete and crushed stone load.

連絡控材62A0の一方端を連結具5A0に、他方端を連結具受圧控材61にボルト、ナット及び溶接等の接着手段にて連結する。必要に応じて、左斜連絡控材622A0と右斜連絡控材623A0を1段目、2段目、3段目ごとと種種選定して採用する。
控え幅LAの大きいダム等に左右斜連絡控材を設けると先の荷重に対する抵抗力は増すが、控え幅LAが少ないもたれ擁壁等に使用するとその効果は少ない。従って1〜2段目程度の残存型枠を組積した状態でコンクリートC又は裏込砕石D1何れかを先に打設するようになると作業性能がおちるし、控え幅LAの少ない場所で斜め、水平の連絡控材62Aを架設すると作業性能が悪く事故等の原因になる。組積完了後天端コンクリートを打設して完了する。
One end of the connecting metal 62A0 is connected to the connector 5A0, and the other end is connected to the connector pressure receiving material 61 by an adhesive means such as a bolt, a nut and welding. If necessary, the left slanted connecting tab 622A0 and the right slanted connecting tab 623A0 are selected and used for the first, second, and third stages.
When a left and right diagonal connecting pad is provided on a dam or the like having a large reserve width LA, the resistance to the previous load is increased, but the effect is small when used on a leaning retaining wall or the like having a small reserve width LA. Therefore, when the concrete C or the back-ground crushed stone D1 is first placed in a state where the remaining formwork of the first or second stage is assembled, the work performance is reduced, and the slant is formed in a place where the conservative width LA is small. If the horizontal contact sticker 62A is installed, the work performance is poor and an accident or the like is caused. After the completion of masonry, the top concrete is cast and completed.

図21〜図24は図20を改良したものである。
図21〜図22は本発明の連結方法を説明する組積断面図で、図23〜図24は別の土留受圧控材の各種斜視図を示す。
図21(a)は別の土留受圧控材を1段組積した説明組積断面図で、同図(b)は同図(a)に残存型枠を設置する状態の説明断面図で図22(a)は図21(b)に段数を増した説明断面図で、同図(b)は全段組積した状態の説明断面図。
図21(a)に於いて、前記同様な方法にて基礎底版F1にアンカーVA1、VA2を介して立設した基礎連結具52AAと不透水材D2を適宜の位置と形状を成して形成しており、該不透水材の上面に、前記建築材料から適宜選定されてなる変形L型の土留受圧控材611A1が戴置されている。
FIG. 21 to FIG. 24 are modifications of FIG.
FIGS. 21 to 22 are cross-sectional views illustrating the connection method of the present invention, and FIGS. 23 to 24 show various perspective views of another earth retaining pressure reducing material.
FIG. 21 (a) is an explanatory cross-sectional view in which another earth retaining pressure retaining material is stacked in one stage, and FIG. 21 (b) is an explanatory cross-sectional view in a state in which the residual formwork is installed in FIG. 22 (a) is an explanatory sectional view in which the number of stages is increased to FIG. 21 (b), and FIG. 22 (b) is an explanatory sectional view in a state where all the stages are assembled.
In FIG. 21A, the base connecting plate 52AA and the water-impermeable material D2 erected on the base bottom plate F1 via the anchors VA1 and VA2 are formed in an appropriate position and shape by the same method as described above. On the upper surface of the water-impermeable material, a deformed L-shaped earth retaining pressure reducing material 611A1 appropriately selected from the building materials is placed.

該材611A1の折れ角度KAKU61は90度又は90度以下或いは90度以上でも良く、擁壁の勾配、或いは胴込コンクリートCの背面勾配又は掘削面Z2勾配等に依って決定され、縦壁高さ611L1は残存型枠の高さと現場の状況により適宜決定され、例えば上段の611A2の高さと同じでも擁壁と残存型枠高さとの調整高さでも良い。底版幅611L2は該材の裏込砕石圧力による安定幅であり該材の組積段数にても決定される。
施工方法は胴込コンクリートの背面勾配KAKU61と縦壁高さ611L1と水平を成す底版幅611L2を有する受圧控材611A1を不透水層の上面に戴置して、該材611A1の安定を増す為に必要に応じて公知の控アンカー材631A1を必要な数だけ打ち込み、縦壁611L1の所定の位置に連絡控材62Aの他端を取付ける為のアイボルト等の控アンカー材632A1が所定の数だけ設置されている。
その後、裏込砕石D1を該縦壁大端まで詰めて該控材611A2を戴置するために該砕石上面を均す。
The bending angle KAKU61 of the material 611A1 may be 90 degrees, 90 degrees or less, or 90 degrees or more, and is determined by the slope of the retaining wall, the back slope of the intruded concrete C or the excavation surface Z2 slope, etc. 611L1 is appropriately determined depending on the height of the remaining mold and the situation at the site. For example, it may be the same as the height of 611A2 in the upper stage or the adjusted height of the retaining wall and the remaining mold. The bottom plate width 611L2 is a stable width due to the backside crushed stone pressure of the material, and is also determined by the number of stacked layers of the material.
In order to increase the stability of the material 611A1 by placing a pressure receiving member 611A1 having a bottom plate width 611L2 which is a horizontal slope KAKU61 and a vertical wall height 611L1 on the upper surface of the impermeable layer. A necessary number of known anchor anchors 631A1 are driven as necessary, and a predetermined number of anchor anchors 632A1 such as eyebolts for attaching the other end of the connecting tab 62A to a predetermined position of the vertical wall 611L1 are installed. ing.
Thereafter, the back surface of the crushed stone D1 is packed to the large end of the vertical wall and the top surface of the crushed stone is leveled to place the holding material 611A2.

図21(b)に於いて、前図(a)の該控材611A1の上に該控材611A2と裏込砕石D1を前記要領にて設置する。その後先に設置した基礎のアンカーの縦枠体連結具52AAを前記要領にて残存型枠B1Aを設置後、該型枠の上部に設置された縦枠体連結具52A1のアイボルト等V1に連絡控材621A1の一方端を接合手段にて取り付け、他方端は先の縦壁に適宜の方法で連結した控アンカー材632A1に接合手段にて設置する。  In FIG. 21B, the retaining material 611A2 and the back crushed stone D1 are installed on the retaining material 611A1 in the previous diagram (a) as described above. Then, after installing the remaining formwork B1A in the above-described manner, the vertical anchor body frame 52A of the foundation anchor previously installed is connected to the eyebolt V1 etc. of the vertical frame body connector 52A1 installed on the upper part of the formwork. One end of the material 621A1 is attached by a joining means, and the other end is installed by a joining means on a holding anchor material 632A1 connected to the previous vertical wall by an appropriate method.

図22(a)に於いて、図21(b)の該控材611A2の上に前記要領にて該材611A3と裏込砕石D1を設置した後、該型枠B1Aの縦枠体連結具52A1に枠体連結具51A2を前記要領にて締結した後、該型枠の上部に該連結具52A2を設置して2段目のアイボルト等V1と該控材632A2に連絡控材621A2を接合手段にて設置する。
胴込コンクリートCは残存型枠と連結具受圧控材と連結控材との設置が終わる1段目、2段目或いは3段目等に擁壁と該型枠の大きさに応じて適宜の段数ごとにコンクリート投入される。
22A, after the material 611A3 and the back-crushed crushed stone D1 are installed on the cutting material 611A2 in FIG. 21B in the above-described manner, the vertical frame body connector 52A1 of the mold B1A is installed. After the frame body connector 51A2 is fastened in the above-described manner, the connector 52A2 is installed on the upper part of the mold, and the second stage eyebolt V1 and the retainer 632A2 are connected to the contact member 621A2. Install.
The inflatable concrete C is suitable for the retaining wall and the size of the formwork in the first, second, or third stage after the installation of the remaining formwork, the connector pressure receiving material, and the connection material. Concrete is thrown in every stage.

図22(b)に於いて、最後の該控材611A4と残りの残存型枠B3A、とB4Aとを連絡控材に依って設置後、胴込コンクリートCが投入され、天端コンクリートに依って仕上げる事は前記同様である。この場合に於いても縦枠体連結具52Aのみでなく前記同様に枠体連結具51A4等適宜選定して使用される。
尚前記した様に該連結具51A,52A等は同位置の上段に来るとは限らないので、この様な場合は水平連絡控材621A水平斜めに、或いは左右斜連絡控材622A、623Aを左右縦方向斜めに、対向する控アンカー材63Aに限定せず、これと1段目〜N段目から適宜選定して最も近い又は取付け安い控アンカー材63Aに連結する事も可能である。
In FIG. 22 (b), after the last holding member 611A4 and the remaining remaining formwork B3A and B4A are installed using the connecting holding member, the trunk concrete C is put in and the top concrete is used. Finishing is the same as described above. Even in this case, not only the vertical frame connector 52A but also the frame connector 51A4 and the like are appropriately selected and used as described above.
As described above, the connecting tools 51A, 52A and the like do not necessarily come to the upper stage at the same position. It is not limited to the counter anchor member 63A facing diagonally in the vertical direction, but can be appropriately selected from the first stage to the N stage and connected to the closest or cheaper anchor anchor member 63A.

図23〜図24は図21〜図22に使用した土留受圧控材611の各種タイプの形状と控アンカー材の取付方法を説明した説明斜視図である。
図23(a)は本発明の土留受圧控材の斜視図で、図23(b)は別の土留受圧控材の斜視図で、図23(c)は別の土留受圧控材の背面斜視図で、図23(d)は別の土留受圧控材の背面斜視図を示す。
図23(a)に於いて、前記したL型の土留擁壁タイプの土留受圧控材611A、611で前記建築材料より選定され、縦壁6111Aと底版6112Aには適宜の形状の排水孔610を1又は2以上設け、該縦壁の縦壁高611L1と底版の底版幅611L2と壁長611L3は施工性と安定性を考慮した所定の寸法に設け、又必要に応じて係止突起61041Aとバットレス6113A及び/又は引張材6115Aを1〜2以上有している。
更に該縦壁と底版の角度KAKU61は前記した様に擁壁、胴込コンクリート等の勾配と裏込砕石の安定性を考慮して90度でも、90度以下でも、或いは90度以上でもよい。
FIG. 23 to FIG. 24 are explanatory perspective views for explaining various types of shapes of the earth retaining pressure retaining material 611 used in FIGS. 21 to 22 and a method for attaching the retaining anchor material.
FIG. 23 (a) is a perspective view of a soil retaining pressure retaining material of the present invention, FIG. 23 (b) is a perspective view of another soil retaining pressure retaining material, and FIG. 23 (c) is a rear perspective view of another soil retaining pressure retaining material. FIG. 23 (d) is a rear perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material.
In FIG. 23 (a), the above-mentioned L-type retaining wall type retaining wall pressure reducing members 611A and 611 are selected from the building materials, and drainage holes 610 having appropriate shapes are formed in the vertical wall 6111A and the bottom plate 6112A. The vertical wall height 611L1, the bottom plate width 611L2 and the wall length 611L3 of the vertical wall are provided in predetermined dimensions in consideration of workability and stability, and if necessary, the locking protrusion 61041A and the buttress 6113A and / or tensile material 6115A is 1 to 2 or more.
Further, as described above, the angle KAKU61 between the vertical wall and the bottom plate may be 90 degrees, 90 degrees or less, or 90 degrees or more in consideration of the gradient of the retaining wall, the incline concrete, and the stability of the crushed stone.

図23(b)に於いて、同図(a)と異なる点は裏込砕石D1と該控材611Bとの滑動防止と一体性とを確保するために上下裏縦壁61131B、61132Bの何れか又は双方とを適宜の高さに設けた該裏縦壁と縦壁6111Bと底版6112Bとのコ型からなる土留受圧控材611Bで、更に必要に応じて逆L型の係止段部61042Bを設けた点である。 更に該控材611Bを数段組積した場合安定と安全性の為に右斜連結控材623Bを1段又は2段以上に1又は2以上設ける事もある。  In FIG. 23 (b), the difference from FIG. 23 (a) is that any one of the upper and lower vertical walls 61131B and 61132B is used to ensure the sliding prevention and the unity between the back crushed stone D1 and the holding material 611B. Alternatively, the earth retaining pressure pressure reducing material 611B made of a U-shape of the back vertical wall 6111B and the bottom plate 6112B provided with appropriate heights, and an inverted L-shaped locking step portion 61042B may be provided as necessary. It is a point provided. Further, when the leveling members 611B are stacked in several stages, one or two or more right diagonally connected leveling materials 623B may be provided in one or more stages for stability and safety.

図23(c)は同図(a)の変形応用図で該控材611Cを軽量化する為に縦壁6111Cと底版6112Cの何れか又は双方に大きな孔610を設け裏込砕石が漏れる時は網等6110Cを設けた土留受圧控材611Cとする事もある。又縦壁の頂部付近に設けた切込み61043Cに引張材6116Cを先端フック61162Cと底版フック61161Cにして係止すると安全性の高い該控材を提供でき、更に係止突起を係止段部61042Cとしている。
図23(d)は同図(b)の変形応用図で、中高の裏縦壁61131D、裏側壁61141Dと縦壁6111Dとで変形箱型をなし、該縦壁と底版6112Dには適宜の形状の水抜孔610を設けたり、KAKU61に依っては底版6115Dを設け無かったり、バットレス6116Dとか、縦壁と同高の裏縦壁61132D、裏側壁61142Dを必要に応じて設けている土留受圧控材611Dを提供出来る。
上記の様に本発明の土留受圧控材は色々の形状があるがその他に上面T型、π型等の適宜の形状の土留受圧控材を現場状況に合わせて採用可能である。
図24(a)は図23(a)、(b)の該控材の壁長611L3を短くした該控材6111Eと6112Eから成る該控材6110Eを2個設け、該控材の所定の間隔を保つ為に上下の連結材6117Eを留金具632Eにて該控材に接合手段にて連結して、裏込砕石D1が漏れない網目の金網6118E等を適宜の長さにしてL型、コ型にして控材6110Eと連結材6117Eに巻き付け接合手段にて取り付けた土留受圧控材611Eを提供出来る。
図24(b)は同図(a)と材料構成は同じで、即ち丸型、矩形,L型等の型材からなるL型又はコ型等何れかの該控材6111Fに連結材6117Fとの交点を接合手段にて取り付け、先の金網等6118Fをこれに取り付け接合手段にて取り付ける土留受圧控材611Fをも提供出来る。尚同図(a)、(b)の壁の寸法611L1、611L2、611L3は前記同様である。尚該控材6110Fと連結材6117Fは1又は2以上で、その位置は適宜の位置でよく、例えば両端に設置してもよい。
FIG. 23C is a modified application diagram of FIG. 23A. When a large hole 610 is provided in one or both of the vertical wall 6111C and the bottom slab 6112C in order to reduce the weight of the retaining material 611C, when the backside crushed stone leaks. The earth retaining pressure reducing material 611C provided with a net 6110C may be used. Further, if the tension member 6116C is locked to the notch 61043C provided in the vicinity of the top of the vertical wall with the front end hook 61162C and the bottom plate hook 61161C, the highly safe holding material can be provided, and the locking protrusion is used as the locking step portion 61042C. Yes.
FIG. 23 (d) is a modified application diagram of FIG. 23 (b). The middle and high back vertical wall 61131D, the back side wall 61141D and the vertical wall 6111D form a deformed box shape, and the vertical wall and the bottom plate 6112D have an appropriate shape. There are no drainage holes 610, no bottom plate 6115D depending on KAKU61, buttress 6116D, a back vertical wall 61132D having the same height as the vertical wall, and a back side wall 61142D provided as necessary. 611D can be provided.
As described above, the earth retaining pressure retaining material of the present invention has various shapes, but other suitable earth retaining pressure retaining materials such as a top surface T-type and a π-type can be used according to the field situation.
FIG. 24 (a) shows two holding members 6110E made up of the holding members 6111E and 6112E in which the wall length 611L3 of the holding member in FIGS. 23 (a) and (b) is shortened, and a predetermined interval between the holding members. In order to maintain the upper and lower connecting members 6117E, the clasp 632E is connected to the holding member by a joining means. It is possible to provide the earth retaining pressure receiving material 611E which is formed as a mold and is wound around the joining material 6110E and the connecting material 6117E and attached by the joining means.
FIG. 24 (b) has the same material structure as FIG. 24 (a), that is, the connecting material 6117F is connected to the retaining material 6111F, which is either L-shaped or U-shaped such as round, rectangular, L-shaped. It is also possible to provide the earth retaining pressure reducing material 611F to which the intersection is attached by the joining means and the previous wire net 6118F is attached thereto by the joining means. The wall dimensions 611L1, 611L2, and 611L3 in FIGS. It should be noted that the retaining material 6110F and the connecting material 6117F may be one or more, and the positions thereof may be appropriate positions. For example, they may be installed at both ends.

図24(c)は別の土留受圧控材の斜視図で、図24(d)は別の土留受圧控材の斜視図を示す。
同図(c)に於いて、残存型枠に作用する大きな胴込コンクリート圧に抵抗する為には裏込砕石D1の全体重量で抵抗した方が効果的である。
この為には掘削面Z2の法面に沿って前記建築材料より選定された強度のある材料と、さらに必要に応じて設けた排水孔610又は挿通孔のある該受圧控材6151Gを設置し、
該排水孔610等に先の控アンカー材632を取り付けた後、該受圧控材の前面に裏込砕石D1を金網等で包んだ前記同様の形状(611L1〜611L3)の公知の蛇籠にした該受圧控材6111Gを1又は2以上組積する。必要に応じて安定と連絡控材62と連結する為に適宜の形状の控アンカー材631を打設等する。
この様にすると残存型枠に作用する胴込コンクリート圧は連絡控材62から控アンカー材632に伝達されて先の該受圧控材6151Gと6111Gの全体により抵抗する。
FIG. 24C is a perspective view of another earth retaining pressure retaining material, and FIG. 24D is a perspective view of another earth retaining pressure retaining material.
In FIG. 5C, it is more effective to resist the entire weight of the back-crushed crushed stone D1 in order to resist the large intrusion concrete pressure acting on the remaining formwork.
For this purpose, a material having a strength selected from the building materials along the slope of the excavation surface Z2, and the pressure-receiving detent material 6151G having a drainage hole 610 or an insertion hole provided as necessary are installed.
After attaching the above-mentioned anchor anchor material 632 to the drainage hole 610 or the like, the well-shaped gabion having the same shape (611L1 to 611L3) as described above in which the back-crushed crushed stone D1 is wrapped with a wire net or the like on the front surface of the pressure-receiving retainer. One or two or more pressure receiving members 6111G are stacked. If necessary, the anchor anchor material 631 having an appropriate shape is driven in order to connect to the stability and the connecting retainer 62.
In this way, the intruded concrete pressure acting on the remaining formwork is transmitted from the connecting lug member 62 to the lug anchor material 632 and resisted by the entire pressure receiving lugs 6151G and 6111G.

図24(d)は別の土留受圧控材の斜視図を示す。
図に於いて、同図(c)と異なる点は該受圧控材6151Gが板体に対し、該控材6153Hが型材で必要に応じて控アンカー材6321を取付ける為の取付孔6152Hを設けたり又はフックにして取付ける。これらの控アンカー材6321が必要な数だけ設置され、その周辺に設計厚の裏込砕石D1が設置されるが、これを高く積むと崩れるので、この押さえとして先の蛇籠に替わる板状の土留受圧控材6151Hを必要勾配に設置してこれを押さえる為に、1又は2以上の左、右斜連絡控材623又は622の何れか又は双方を使用すると安定した該受圧控材611Hを提供出来る。尚該受圧控材6151G、6153Hは板体又は型材に限定するもので無く強度のある布状の該受圧控材61であってもよい例えば図24(c)の該控材6151Gを織布にするか、又はこれを折り曲げて1又は2以上の該控材6111Gの下に敷き、これに適宜の形状の控アンカー材63を設け利用する事も可能である。
FIG.24 (d) shows the perspective view of another earth retaining pressure receiving material.
In the figure, the difference from FIG. 6C is that the pressure receiving lug member 6151G is a plate member, the batting material 6153H is a mold material, and an attachment hole 6152H for attaching the caulking anchor material 6321 as necessary is provided. Or attach it as a hook. A necessary number of these anchoring anchor materials 6321 are installed, and a back-thinned crushed stone D1 having a design thickness is installed in the vicinity thereof. In order to install and hold down the pressure receiving batten 6151H at a necessary gradient, the use of either one or two or more of the left and right slant connecting lugs 623 and 622 can provide the pressure receiving batten 611H that is stable. . The pressure receiving members 6151G and 6153H are not limited to plates or molds, and may be a cloth-like pressure receiving member 61 having a strong shape. For example, the pressure member 6151G shown in FIG. Alternatively, it is possible to bend and lay it under one or more of the leveling members 6111G and use the leveling anchor material 63 having an appropriate shape.

図25は図20〜図24に使用した連結具と土留受圧控材に取り付けられた控アンカー材とを連絡控材に連結する連結部位の取付説明詳細図の1例で、図25(a)は連絡控材の取付側面断面詳細図で、図25(b)は別の連絡控材の取付上面断面図を示し、図25(c)は別の控アンカー材の留金具の斜視図を示す。
図25(a)に於いて、前記同様に当接された上下横枠体21、22に枠体連結具51、51が設置され、該連結具の連結板511、511のボルト孔V3又はV4にボルトV1を挿通して連絡控材62、621の一方の取付け板の羽子板6223の挿通孔V3、V4のいずれかに挿通してナットV2にて締結する。
FIG. 25 is an example of a detailed illustration of the connecting portion for connecting the connecting tool used in FIGS. 20 to 24 and the anchor anchor member attached to the earth retaining pressure retainer to the connecting retainer. FIG. Fig. 25 (b) is a cross-sectional detail view of the attachment side surface of the communication sticker, Fig. 25 (b) is a cross-sectional top view of the attachment of another communication stick material, and Fig. 25 (c) is a perspective view of a fastener of another lock anchor material. .
In FIG. 25 (a), frame body couplers 51 and 51 are installed on the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21 and 22 in contact with each other in the same manner as described above, and bolt holes V3 or V4 of the coupling plates 511 and 511 of the couplers. Then, the bolt V1 is inserted into one of the insertion holes V3 and V4 of the feather plate 6223 of one of the attachment plates 62 and 621 and fastened with the nut V2.

該連絡控材の連絡体6211は丸又はL型等の型材をなし、必要に応じて中央付近に公知のタンバックル6222を設けて長さの調整をしている。該連絡体の他方端フック型6224をなし、控アンカー材632のアイボルト6321のメガネ中空部に挿通されている。
アイボルト6321は前記の該受圧控材の縦壁6111A〜H等の排水孔又は挿通孔610に総通してワッシャ6323、ナット6322で締結する。
図25(b)が前記同図(a)と異なる点はタンバックル6222による長さの調整をしないで連絡体の他端6224を長くしてナット6322,6322で調整している点である。尚本例では水平連絡控材621を開示したが、この工法は左右斜連絡控材にも使用可能で、この様な場合は挿通孔610少し大きくして変形ワッシャを使用したり、羽子板6223の付け根の連絡体6211を傾斜に合わせて曲げたり、或いは公知のピン接合具をしたりして解決する事も可能である。
図25(c)は図24(a)に使用した留金具632Eの詳細斜視図で該金具は控アンカーを兼ねることもある。受台6322Eは上方に連結体6117Eを受け入れる開口を有し、その中央付近にあるネジ付ボルト6321Eを挿通孔610に挿通してナットV2で螺着する。その反対側にアイボルト632を取付けると前記控アンカー材63の役割をなし、該アンカー材63はアイボルト63221のメガネ中空部に連絡控材6211等を挿通してもよい
The connecting member 6211 of the contact sticker is a round or L-shaped member, and a known tumbler 6222 is provided near the center as necessary to adjust the length. The other end hook mold 6224 of the connecting body is formed, and is inserted into the eyeglass hollow portion of the eyebolt 6321 of the holding anchor material 632.
The eyebolt 6321 is passed through the drainage holes or insertion holes 610 such as the vertical walls 6111 </ b> A to H of the pressure receiving member, and is fastened by a washer 6323 and a nut 6322.
FIG. 25B is different from FIG. 25A in that the other end 6224 of the connecting member is lengthened and adjusted by nuts 6322 and 6322 without adjusting the length by the turnbuckle 6222. In this example, the horizontal contact sticker 621 is disclosed. However, this method can also be used for the left and right oblique contact stickers. It is also possible to solve the problem by bending the base connecting body 6211 according to the inclination or by using a known pin connector.
FIG. 25 (c) is a detailed perspective view of the clasp 632E used in FIG. 24 (a), which may also serve as a latch anchor. The cradle 6322E has an opening for receiving the coupling body 6117E at the upper side, and a threaded bolt 6321E near the center is inserted into the insertion hole 610 and screwed with the nut V2. When the eyebolt 632 is attached to the opposite side, the anchor anchor material 63 serves as the anchor bolt 63, and the anchor material 63 may be inserted into the eyeglass hollow portion of the eyebolt 63221 with the connecting retainer 6211 or the like.

現場の状況により残存型枠の段数を増し施工速度を早やめるために裏込砕石を高く、安全に積む必要がある。この組積方法を図26,図27に開示する。
図26(a)は本発明のフレ−ム型受圧控材の控柱と控横梁とその取付部材の取付説明斜視図で、同図(b)は図26(a)のA7−A7断面図で、同図(c)は図26(a)のA8−A8側面図を示す。
図に於いて、本発明のフレ−ム型受圧控材612、61221は前記建築材料より選定された凸型の控柱6121で適宜の高さの位置に控横梁6122を嵌着する為の控嵌着溝6123が1又は2以上設けてあり、必要に応じて適宜の形状の補強ふかし6124を設け、更に控押具6126の控ボルト6127を挿通する為の控柱挿通孔6125が貫通して設置されている。
In order to increase the number of steps of the remaining formwork and speed up the construction speed depending on the situation at the site, it is necessary to pile up the backside crushed stone safely. This masonry method is disclosed in FIGS.
FIG. 26 (a) is a perspective view for explaining the attachment of the holding column, the holding transverse beam, and the attachment member of the frame type pressure receiving member of the present invention, and FIG. FIG. 6C is a side view of A8-A8 in FIG.
In the figure, the frame type pressure receiving members 612 and 61221 of the present invention are convex holding columns 6121 selected from the building materials, and are used for fitting the holding beam 6122 at an appropriate height. One or two or more fitting grooves 6123 are provided, if necessary, a reinforcing pouch 6124 having an appropriate shape is provided, and a retaining column insertion hole 6125 for inserting a retaining bolt 6127 of the retaining pusher 6126 passes therethrough. is set up.

取付手順は継ぎ目のある左右の控横梁は端同士を当接して該溝6123の中央に設置又は1本の場合はそのまま設置して控押具6126を控嵌着溝6123に嵌着して、上下の控挿通孔6125、6125に控ボルト6127、6127を挿入してナットV2,V2にて止めると該控横梁と控柱は強固に固定される。
控押具6126の側面には嵌着度を増す為に必要に応じて控押圧爪61261が当接面に設けてある。更に控柱同士をつなぐ場合は、立設した該控柱の当接面6128Jに当接すべく該控柱を戴置して該柱縦半分の辺に沿ったコ字型の控柱継材6128を2枚合わせて、その控継材当接面61281同士を当接してボルトV1,V1を該孔V3に挿通してナットV2で締結する。前記同様に押圧力を強くするために控押圧爪61282を必要に応じて設けている。
The attachment procedure is as follows. The left and right holding horizontal beams with joints are in contact with each other and installed in the center of the groove 6123 or in the case of one, and the holding pusher 6126 is fitted into the fitting fitting groove 6123. When the holding bolts 6127 and 6127 are inserted in the upper and lower holding insertion holes 6125 and 6125 and stopped by the nuts V2 and V2, the holding horizontal beam and the holding column are firmly fixed.
In order to increase the degree of fitting, a pressing claw 61261 is provided on the contact surface on the side surface of the pressing tool 6126 as necessary. Furthermore, when connecting the holding pillars, the U-shaped holding pillar joint material is placed along the side of the vertical half of the pillar by placing the holding pillar so as to contact the contact surface 6128J of the standing pillar. Two pieces of 6128 are put together, the relay material contact surfaces 61281 are brought into contact with each other, the bolts V1, V1 are inserted into the holes V3, and fastened with the nut V2. In the same manner as described above, a depressing claw 61282 is provided as necessary to increase the pressing force.

図27は前記図26の控柱を使用してフレ−ム型受圧控材工法とした施工説明図で、図27(a)は本発明の後面フレ−ム型受圧控材工法の部位の組積斜視断面図で、図27(b)は同図(a)のA9−A9断面図を示す。
図に於いて、組積手順を説明すると前記同様に基礎底版F1の所定の位置に立設したアンカーボルトVA1に基礎の縦枠体連結具52Aを設置してナットVA2にて螺着し、該連結具に該控柱を当接して先の控柱挿通孔6125にボルトV1、6127を挿通してナットV2にて螺着して該控柱を立設する。次に該控柱の背面に板状の該フレ−ム型受圧控材である控板体615を設置して該板体と該柱は必要に応じて接合手段にて接合する。
FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram of construction using the holding pillar of FIG. 26 as a frame type pressure receiving material construction method. FIG. 27A is a group of parts of the rear frame type pressure receiving material construction method of the present invention. FIG. 27 (b) is a cross-sectional perspective view taken along the line A9-A9 of FIG.
In the figure, the assembling procedure will be explained. Similarly to the above, the vertical frame body coupling tool 52A is installed on the anchor bolt VA1 erected at a predetermined position of the basic bottom slab F1, and is screwed with the nut VA2. The holding column is brought into contact with the connecting tool, the bolts V1 and 6127 are inserted into the previous holding column insertion hole 6125 and screwed with the nut V2, and the holding column is erected. Next, a plate-shaped holding plate body 615 which is a plate-shaped frame-type pressure receiving plate is installed on the back surface of the holding column, and the plate body and the column are bonded by a bonding means as necessary.

これと前後して控嵌着溝に控横梁61221Aと控押具6126Aにて嵌着する。そして控押具に必要により1又は2以上の控アンカー材632を設置する。
その後前記同様に残存型枠B1Aに基礎の連結具51A、52Aを選択して締結して、2段目の残存型枠を連結具により連結して適宜連絡控材62の621〜623を選定して先の要領で残存型枠と裏込砕石とフレーム型受圧控材の控柱6121Aと控板体615と連絡控材62Aと胴込コンクリートCの順序を現場の状況に応じて選択して組積進め組積を完了する。この様に控柱と控横梁によりフレーム骨組構造になるのでコンクリート圧と裏込砕石との外力に対しても強力に抵抗できる。
Before and after this, the holding transverse beam 61221A and the holding pusher 6126A are fitted into the fitting fitting groove. Then, if necessary, one or more holding anchor members 632 are installed on the holding pusher.
Thereafter, as in the case described above, the base connectors 51A and 52A are selected and fastened to the remaining mold B1A, and the second-stage remaining mold is connected by the coupler, and 621 to 623 of the communication pad 62 are appropriately selected. Select the order of the remaining formwork, back crushed stone, holding pillar 6121A, holding plate body 615, contact sticker 62A, and intruded concrete C according to the situation at the site. Complete stacking masonry. As described above, the frame structure is formed by the holding pillar and the holding transverse beam, so that it can strongly resist the external force between the concrete pressure and the back-ground crushed stone.

本発明の控柱と控横梁のフレーム構造の使用は裏込砕石側の後面フレ−ム型受圧控材に限定するもので無く残存型枠側にも使用できる。この1例を図28のB符号に示す。
図28は本発明のフレーム型受圧控材工法の前面フレーム型受圧控材工法の骨組構造斜視図である。
前記した工法と同様に控柱6121Bと控横梁6122Bによるフレーム構造体を前面に設置して、残存型枠B1B,B2B、・・と該横枠体とを適宜の連結具の方法で連結して立設して、先の要領にて控板体6151と裏込砕石D1を設置して控板体押材の柱押材6152B及び/又は板押材6152と連絡控材62とを種種選定して組積する。
The use of the frame structure of the holding pillar and the holding transverse beam according to the present invention is not limited to the rear frame type pressure receiving holding material on the backside crushed stone side but can be used on the remaining mold side. An example of this is shown by B code in FIG.
FIG. 28 is a perspective view of the frame structure of the front frame type pressure receiving material construction method of the frame type pressure receiving material construction method of the present invention.
In the same manner as described above, a frame structure composed of the retaining pillar 6121B and the retaining lateral beam 6122B is installed on the front surface, and the remaining mold frames B1B, B2B,. Standing up and setting the holding plate body 6151 and the backside crushed stone D1 in the manner described above, and selecting various types of post pressing material 6152B and / or plate pressing material 6152 and communication holding material 62. And build up.

先に連結控材工法の後面フレーム構造と前面フレーム構造を説明したが本発明はこれらに限定するもので無く両面の前後フレーム型受圧控材工法も可能である。(図28のC符号)。この場合は図27の控柱6121Aと控横梁6122Aによるフレーム構造と図28の控柱6121Bと控横梁6122Bによるフレーム構造を連絡控材62で連結した工法である。即ち図28の柱押材6152Bを控柱6121Cに置き換え、更に控横梁材6122Cを前記要領で取付け同様の連絡控材を図の様に取付けているフレーム構造である  Although the rear frame structure and the front frame structure of the connecting holding material method have been described above, the present invention is not limited to these, and a double-sided front and rear frame type pressure receiving holding material method is also possible. (C code in FIG. 28). In this case, the frame structure using the retaining pillar 6121A and the retaining lateral beam 6122A in FIG. 27 and the frame structure including the retaining pillar 6121B and the retaining lateral beam 6122B in FIG. That is, in this frame structure, the column pressing member 6152B of FIG. 28 is replaced with a holding column 6121C, and the holding cross beam member 6122C is mounted as described above, and the same connecting cutting member is mounted as shown in the figure.

先の図27,28で使用した控横梁6122A,6122B,6122Cと連絡控材62との形状は公知の鋼材等を使用しても良く、該鋼材の接合は公知の金具又は結束番線或いは溶接等の接合手段で可能であるが、本例に於いてはこれよりも作業効率と安全性に優れた型取付具2型722を図29に開示する。
該取付具722を使用すると残存型枠の連結具51,52等と連絡控材62とフレ−ム型受圧控材の控横梁とが仁意の点で連結可能であるので便利で経済的で更に安全である。
図29(a)は上下横枠体と枠体連結具と連絡控材と控横梁と型取付具の各部材との連結状態を説明する断面図で、図29(b)は図29(a)の上面図を示し、図29(c)は同図(a)の各部材と縦枠体連結具との連結状態説明断面図で、図29(d)は本発明の型取付具2型の斜視図を示す。
27 and 28, the shape of the horizontal crossing beams 6122A, 6122B, 6122C and the connection leveling material 62 may be a known steel material or the like, and the steel material may be joined by a known metal fitting, binding number wire, welding or the like. However, in this example, a mold fixture 2 mold 722 that is superior in work efficiency and safety is disclosed in FIG.
When the fixture 722 is used, it is convenient and economical because the remaining formwork couplers 51 and 52, etc., the connecting lug member 62, and the frame-type pressure receiving lug barring beam can be connected in a friendly manner. It is even safer.
FIG. 29A is a cross-sectional view for explaining the connection state of the upper and lower horizontal frame body, the frame body connector, the connecting member, the holding beam, and the mold fixture, and FIG. 29 (c) is a sectional view for explaining a connection state between each member of FIG. 29 (a) and the vertical frame connector, and FIG. 29 (d) is a mold fixture type 2 according to the present invention. FIG.

上下横枠体と連結具51Dと連絡控材62Dの使用説明は先の図25にて説明したので省略し異なる点のみ図29(a)〜(d)を纏めて説明する。
先のL型の控横梁6122Dの一辺の先端61221Dに該型取付具722の鉤状の係止フック7223が嵌着され、他方の辺61222Dに該取付具の支板7222が当接して挿通孔7224に連絡控材62Dの他端が挿通されナットV2にて螺着している。
この様な該取付具722を使用するとナットV2の偏螺着圧に対し安定して連絡控材の力を該取付具に伝達出来る。
Since the description of the use of the upper and lower horizontal frames, the coupling tool 51D, and the communication sticking member 62D has been described with reference to FIG.
A hook-like locking hook 7223 of the mold fixture 722 is fitted to the tip 61122D of one side of the L-shaped holding transverse beam 6122D, and the support plate 7222 of the fixture abuts on the other side 61222D. The other end of the connecting lug member 62D is inserted into 7224 and screwed with a nut V2.
When such a fitting 722 is used, the force of the communication pad can be stably transmitted to the fitting against the uneven screwing pressure of the nut V2.

本発明は図26〜図29にて説明したフレーム型受圧控材に限定するもので無く、以下に開示する適宜の形状と前記建築材料より選定された型材をL型フレームに加工して型取付具にて相互を連結する工法も本発明は含まれる。この工法の1例を図30〜図33に示す。30は本発明のL型フレーム受圧控材の工法の説明図で、図30(a)は前後L型フレーム受圧控材の説明斜視図で、図30(b)は本発明の型取付具の詳細斜視図で、図30(c)は同図(b)のA10−A10断面図を示す。  The present invention is not limited to the frame type pressure receiving material described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 29, but a mold selected from an appropriate shape and the building material disclosed below is processed into an L-shaped frame and attached to the mold. The present invention also includes a method of connecting each other with tools. An example of this construction method is shown in FIGS. 30 is an explanatory view of the construction method of the L-shaped frame pressure receiving member of the present invention, FIG. 30 (a) is an explanatory perspective view of the front / rear L-shaped frame pressure receiving material, and FIG. 30 (b) is the mold fixture of the present invention. FIG.30 (c) is a detailed perspective view, and shows A10-A10 sectional drawing of the same figure (b).

図30において、本発明の1例の縦構造材61311と、横構造材61312は断面丸型で所定の位置でL型に折れ曲がり前L型フレーム6131をなし、更に縦構造材613110と横構造材613120は同寸法又は異なる寸法の後L型フレーム61310をなしてその中央付近の当接位置でタンバックル620にて幅の調整をしているが溶接等の接合手段にて接合してもよく、更に前後一体の門型の前後L型フレームであってもよい。
次に各部材等の構造と使用説明する。
初めに、前記同様基礎底版F1の適宜の位置に1又は2以上設計に従い埋設され立設したアンカーボルトVA1の頭部に基礎型取付具71の挿通孔を挿通してナットVA2にて螺着する。
In FIG. 30, the vertical structure member 61311 and the horizontal structure material 61312 of one example of the present invention are round in cross section and bent into an L shape at a predetermined position to form an L-shaped frame 6131 before the vertical structure material 613110 and the horizontal structure material. 613120 forms the L-shaped frame 61310 after the same size or different sizes, and the width is adjusted by the turnbuckle 620 at the contact position near the center thereof, but may be joined by a joining means such as welding, Further, it may be a front-and-rear front-and-rear L-shaped frame.
Next, the structure and use of each member will be described.
First, the insertion hole of the foundation-type fixture 71 is inserted into the head of the anchor bolt VA1 embedded and erected in accordance with one or more designs at an appropriate position of the foundation bottom slab F1 as described above, and screwed with the nut VA2. .

他方、型取付具1型721は前記建築材料より選定された適宜の断面形状から選定したL型の横梁6130に嵌着可能で所定の強度を有する形状をしており、該具721は横梁6130の先端に嵌着可能なフック72111を有する二股の横板7211と反対方向に張出板7214が背壁7212の上下端部より張り出し、更に所定の位置に縦構造材61311を嵌入可能な挿通孔7215上下2枚の張出板7214に設けて有る。更に背板7212の上下端部より該横板と底版7213とが折れ曲がってコ字型をなし該底版の所定の位置にボルト7216のボルト孔を有している。On the other hand, the mold fixture 1 mold 721 has a shape that can be fitted to an L-shaped cross beam 6130 selected from an appropriate cross-sectional shape selected from the building materials and has a predetermined strength, and the tool 721 is a cross beam 6130. A projecting plate 7214 projects from the upper and lower ends of the back wall 7212 in the opposite direction to the bifurcated horizontal plate 7211 having a hook 72111 that can be fitted to the tip of the back, and an insertion hole into which the vertical structural member 61111 can be fitted at a predetermined position. 7215 are provided on two overhanging plates 7214. Further, the horizontal plate and the bottom plate 7213 are bent from the upper and lower ends of the back plate 7212 to form a U-shape, and a bolt hole of a bolt 7216 is provided at a predetermined position of the bottom plate.

次に連結方法は前記縦構造材61311の他端を型取付具1型の挿通孔7215,7215に挿通して所定の位置で前記接合手段にて止める。該他端を先の基礎型取付具の嵌着筒710に嵌入して適宜の方法で固着して前L型フレームが出来る。この要領で後L型フレームを作る。これと前後してタンバックル620を取付けて複数の前後L型フレームを形成する。L形状の該横梁6130の先端に型取付具1型のフック72111を嵌着し、そして他辺の底版7213を該横梁の他端に嵌着してボルト7216にて螺着するとL型の先端に食い込みながら接触して螺着されるのでフック72111との作用で該取付具721と横梁6130は強固に接合される。また縦構造材6311と該取付具の張出板7214を省略して直接背壁7212に溶接等の接合手段を行なってもよい。同様の方法で2段目、3段目と型取付具2型と連絡控材6211、6212を行ない組積する。又必要な段ごとに控板体615を取付ける。  Next, the connecting method is to insert the other end of the vertical structural member 61111 into the insertion holes 7215 and 7215 of the mold fixture 1 type and stop at the predetermined position by the joining means. The other end is fitted into the fitting cylinder 710 of the previous base type fixture and fixed by an appropriate method to form a front L-shaped frame. In this way, the rear L frame is made. Before and after this, a tan buckle 620 is attached to form a plurality of front and rear L-shaped frames. When the hook 72111 of the mold fixture 1 is fitted to the tip of the L-shaped transverse beam 6130, and the bottom plate 7213 of the other side is fitted to the other end of the transverse beam and screwed with the bolt 7216, the L-shaped tip Therefore, the fitting 721 and the cross beam 6130 are firmly joined by the action of the hook 72111. Further, the vertical structural member 6311 and the overhanging plate 7214 of the fixture may be omitted, and a joining means such as welding may be directly performed on the back wall 7212. In the same manner, the second stage, the third stage, the mold fixture 2 mold, and the contact stickers 6211 and 6212 are assembled and stacked. Further, a holding plate body 615 is attached to each necessary step.

次に本発明の残存型枠を組積する連結方法を説明する。
図31は前図30を使用して残存型枠を連結する連結断面図である。
前記説明した様に基礎Fに連結具51A1と基礎型取付具71,71を設置後に型取付具1型が取付いた前と後のL型フレーム61311A1,61312A1を立設して、その当接個所に添接材付溶接61311Jを行なって門型のフレームを形成する。その後横梁6130A1、6130A1を取付けて先の該1型721A1、721A1と接合手段にて締結する。次に2段目の該L型フレームの取付けは残存型枠の安定位置に先の横梁6130A1の適宜の位置に721A2を複数箇所設置して、前と後のL型フレーム61311A2,61312A2を前記要領で立設する。この要領で3段目以降組積する。
これと前後して残存型枠B1、B2を設置して連結具51、52等と連絡控材62を適宜選定して組積する。これと併せて控板体615等をも選定して裏込材D1,D2の施工を行なう。
Next, a connecting method for stacking the remaining formwork of the present invention will be described.
FIG. 31 is a connection sectional view for connecting the remaining molds using the previous FIG.
As described above, the L-shaped frames 61311A1 and 61312A1 are erected before and after the connecting fixture 51A1 and the basic fixtures 71 and 71 are installed on the foundation F and before the die fixture 1 is attached. Then, welding with attachment material 611111J is performed to form a gate-shaped frame. Then, the cross beams 6130A1 and 6130A1 are attached and fastened to the first molds 721A1 and 721A1 by the joining means. Next, the second stage of the L-shaped frame is installed by installing a plurality of 721A2 at appropriate positions of the preceding cross beam 6130A1 at the stable position of the remaining mold, and the front and rear L-shaped frames 61111A2 and 61312A2 as described above. Set up at. In this way, the third and subsequent stages are stacked.
Before and after this, the remaining molds B1 and B2 are installed, and the connecting tools 51 and 52 and the communication sticker 62 are appropriately selected and stacked. At the same time, the holding plate body 615 and the like are also selected and the backing materials D1 and D2 are constructed.

図32、図33は図30、図31の応用で、前又は後L型フレームの説明図で、図32は後L型フレームの断面斜視図で、先の図30と技術的には同じで、只異なる点はL型フレーム6131を後方に使用して控板体615を直接又は連絡控材6214を介して連結したり、或いは図24の型控板体6151G、6153と連結している。更にこれらの連絡控材62とを取付けるコ型の型取付具3型723を新たに利用すると便利である。
横枠体21,22とを連結している連結具51,52等に直接又は羽子板6223を介した連絡控材6212と先の6214をナットV2又は他の接合手段にて連結したり、該3型の挿通孔7230にL型又は直状体の構造材6132を挿通してフレーム構造を成している。
該L型構造材又は直状体の構造材6132は残存型枠の1枚の連結に限定するものでなく1.5枚或いは2枚等適宜の段数に股がった形状も可能で、この場合は外力に抗する為に該構造材の断面を丸型からL型等に変更することもある。
更に構造材6132の下端は基礎型取付具71の替わりに基礎より立設したアンカー体712に直接溶接712Jをする事もある。
32 and 33 are explanatory views of the front or rear L-shaped frame in the application of FIGS. 30 and 31, and FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional perspective view of the rear L-shaped frame, which is technically the same as FIG. The difference is that the L-shaped frame 6131 is used on the rear side to connect the holding plate body 615 directly or via the connecting holding member 6214, or to the holding plate bodies 6151G and 6153 in FIG. Further, it is convenient to newly use a U-shaped mold fixture 3 type 723 for attaching the communication sticking material 62.
The connecting member 6212 and the previous 6214, which are directly or via the feather plate 6223, are connected to the connecting members 51, 52, etc., connecting the horizontal frames 21, 22, with the nut V2 or other joining means, A frame structure is formed by inserting an L-shaped or straight-shaped structural member 6132 through the mold insertion hole 7230.
The L-shaped structural material or the straight-shaped structural material 6132 is not limited to the connection of one sheet of the remaining formwork, but may have a shape with an appropriate number of steps such as 1.5 sheets or 2 sheets. In some cases, the cross section of the structural material may be changed from a round shape to an L shape in order to resist external force.
Further, the lower end of the structural member 6132 may be directly welded 712J to the anchor body 712 standing from the foundation instead of the foundation-type fixture 71.

図33(a)は図32応用で、前L型フレーム受圧控材の組積した連結工法の断面図で、図31と技術的には同じで、基礎型取付具71より立設した構造材61311B1と61312B1からなるL型フレ−ム6131B1を残存型枠寄りの前方に置き横構造材61312B1の先端は胴込コンクリートの圧力に抵抗をする図24の控板体6151G、6153と同様の機能を有する小板から成る板体61541と力を伝達する型棒61542の先端のアイナット61543と接合手段により連結している。又裏込砕石D1を支持する控板体6151Bを適宜の段階で設ける。  FIG. 33 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the connecting method in which the front L-shaped frame pressure-receiving member is assembled, and is technically the same as FIG. An L-shaped frame 6131B1 composed of 61311B1 and 61312B1 is placed in front of the remaining mold, and the front end of the horizontal structural member 6131B1 has the same function as the holding plate bodies 6151G and 6153 in FIG. A plate body 61541 made of a small plate and an eye nut 61543 at the tip of a die bar 61542 for transmitting force are connected by a joining means. Further, a holding plate body 6151B for supporting the back-crushed crushed stone D1 is provided at an appropriate stage.

図33(b)は図32の連結工法と同様の断面図で後L型フレーム6131C1、6131C2と組積されその先端61313C1,61313C2等は連結具51又は52に直接又は連絡控材62を介して接合手段にて接合され、控板体6151C設置後又は前記したコンクリートを打設しながら重機等で抜く従来の抜き型枠工法を選定して適宜の段数ごとに胴込コンクリートが打設される事は前記同様である。  FIG. 33 (b) is a cross-sectional view similar to the connection method of FIG. 32, and is assembled with the rear L-shaped frames 6131C1, 6131C2, and the tips 61313C1, 61313C2 etc. are directly connected to the connection tool 51 or 52 or via the connecting pad 62. After the installation of the holding plate 6151C, or by placing the above-described concrete with a heavy machine or the like, the conventional punching formwork method is selected and the concrete is placed every appropriate number of steps. Is the same as above.

図26〜図33に示した控材6はフレ−ムの骨組みを成していたが本発明はこれに限定するもので無く板体による型形状であってもよい。この工法の特徴は残存型枠と控材と裏込砕石による組積構造が安定しており偏外力にも抵抗できる構造をしているので残存型枠の組積段数を増すことができる。該工法の1例を図34、図35に開示する。
図34は板体型受圧控材の板体L型受圧控材と工法の斜視図で、図34(a)は板体L型受圧控材の組立説明斜視図を示し、図34(b)は図34(a)の残存型枠の組積による連結工法斜視図を示す。
図35(a)は本発明の板体箱型受圧控材の組立による連結工法斜視図で、図35(b)は別の組立による連結工法の斜視図で、図35(c)は型取付具の斜視図で、図35(d)は図35(c)のA11−A11断面図を示す。
Although the retaining material 6 shown in FIGS. 26 to 33 forms a frame structure, the present invention is not limited to this and may be a plate shape. The feature of this construction method is that the masonry structure with the remaining mold, holding material and back-crushed crushed stone is stable and can resist the extraordinary force, so the number of masonry stages of the remaining mold can be increased. An example of this construction method is disclosed in FIGS.
FIG. 34 is a perspective view of the plate L-type pressure receiving member and the construction method of the plate-type pressure receiving member, FIG. 34 (a) is an assembly explanation perspective view of the plate L-type pressure receiving member, and FIG. FIG. 35 shows a perspective view of the connecting method by the combination of the remaining molds of FIG.
FIG. 35 (a) is a perspective view of the connecting method by assembling the plate box-type pressure receiving member of the present invention, FIG. 35 (b) is a perspective view of the connecting method by another assembly, and FIG. FIG. 35D is a cross-sectional view taken along the line A11-A11 of FIG. 35C.

図34(a)に於いて、前記建築材料より選定された材料で製作された適宜の板厚を有するL型のウエイブ6141Aと下フランジ6142Aとの各々に必要に応じて胴込コンクリートが挿通する適宜の形状の挿通孔61411Aと該控材同士を連結する板体の上下端面に連結ピンを挿し込む上下連結孔502を当接面相互に1又は2以上設けるか又は板体側面の上下端部付近に上下該控材を連結する上下側面連結孔503を1又は2以上設けている。下フランジ控材6142Aには控板体615A1を止めるボルトV1又はネジ孔V5が複数箇所所定の場所に設けてある。
他方ウエイブ控材6141Aの他端の所定の位置に上フランジ控係止材6145Aを受け入れる上フランジ嵌入孔6144Aが適宜の形状と該控材の前、後又は上下の何れか又は双方の位置に1又は2以上設けてある。
更に必要に応じて適宜の長さの上フランジ控材61431A、614321A,614322Aの何れか又は双方を設ける事も可能である。
尚必要に応じて下フランジ控材6142Aの反対方向に下フランジ控材61421Aを設ける事も可能である。
In FIG. 34 (a), the intruded concrete is inserted into each of the L-shaped wave 6141A and the lower flange 6142A each having an appropriate plate thickness made of a material selected from the building materials as necessary. An insertion hole 61411A having an appropriate shape and one or two or more upper and lower connection holes 502 for inserting connection pins into the upper and lower end surfaces of the plate members connecting the holding members are provided on the contact surfaces, or upper and lower end portions of the side surfaces of the plate members One or two or more upper and lower side surface connection holes 503 for connecting the upper and lower holding members are provided in the vicinity. The lower flange holding member 6142A is provided with a plurality of bolts V1 or screw holes V5 for stopping the holding plate body 615A1 at predetermined positions.
On the other hand, an upper flange insertion hole 6144A for receiving the upper flange retaining locking member 6145A at a predetermined position on the other end of the wave retaining member 6141A has an appropriate shape and 1 at either or both of the front, rear, upper and lower sides of the retaining member. Or two or more are provided.
Furthermore, it is also possible to provide any one or both of the upper flange holding members 61431A, 614321A, and 614322A having an appropriate length as required.
If necessary, the lower flange holding member 61421A can be provided in the opposite direction of the lower flange holding member 6142A.

図34(b)に於いて、前記同様に基礎底版F1の所定の位置に埋設されたアンカーボルトVA1に連結具52を螺着して、他方端は該控材615A1の適宜の位置の下端にボルトV1,V2にて螺着する。
次に上フランジ控嵌入孔6144A1に上フランジ控係止材6145A1を嵌着して、控横梁6140A1を接合手段にて接合する。又必要に応じて中間の継ぎ方は控横梁継材61401を介して接合手段にて接合するとより強度のある接合が出来きる、該控材614Aの間隔を長く開ける事ができる。この要領で該控材614Aが安定するように基礎底版との連結具52を1又は2以上適宜の位置に設置して、該控材614A1を複数個配設して控横梁を設置して、ウェイブ控材の上端の上下端面連結孔5022A1に公知の連結ピン5011A1を設置する。
In FIG. 34 (b), similarly to the above, the connecting member 52 is screwed to the anchor bolt VA1 embedded in a predetermined position of the base bottom slab F1, and the other end is at the lower end of an appropriate position of the holding member 615A1. Screwed with bolts V1, V2.
Next, the upper flange retaining member 6145A1 is fitted into the upper flange retaining hole 6144A1, and the retaining transverse beam 6140A1 is joined by the joining means. Further, if necessary, the intermediate joint can be joined with a joining means via the cross beam joint member 61401, so that a stronger joint can be formed, and the spacing between the retainers 614A can be increased. In this manner, one or two or more connecting tools 52 with the base bottom plate are installed at appropriate positions so that the holding member 614A is stabilized, a plurality of the holding members 614A1 are provided, and a holding transverse beam is installed. A known connection pin 5011A1 is installed in the upper and lower end surface connection holes 5022A1 of the upper end of the wave holding material.

次に2段目の該控材614A2の下端面に設けた上下端面連結孔5021A2(図示なし)に先の連結ピン5011A1に嵌着するか、又は上下側面連結孔5032A1と5031A2に上下連結材5042A1と5041A2を嵌入して線材結束等の接合手段にて接合する。
前記の要領にて控横梁6140A2を該係止材6145A2に線材結束等の接合手段にて接合した後、適宜のカ所に型取付具722を適宜選定して設置後に連結控材と連結具と残存型枠とを設置する。
これと前後して控板体615A1又は615A2を1段又は2段目等ごとにするかを決め、ボルトV1又はネジV5にてネジ挿入孔V51にて締結する。その後裏込砕石を設置する。尚下フランジ控材6142Aと61421Aを延ばして隣接の該下フランジ控材に当接する幅にすると該控板体615Aは不要となる。更に控横梁6140AはL型の向きを逆にしてもよい。
Next, the upper and lower end surface connection holes 5021A2 (not shown) provided on the lower end surface of the second level holding member 614A2 are fitted into the previous connection pins 5011A1, or the upper and lower side connection holes 5032A1 and 5031A2 are connected to the upper and lower connection members 5042A1. And 5041A2 are inserted and joined by joining means such as a wire binding.
After joining the holding cross beam 6140A2 to the locking member 6145A2 in the above-described manner using a joining means such as a wire binding, the die fitting 722 is appropriately selected at an appropriate location, and after the installation, the connected holding member, the connecting tool, and the remaining Install the formwork.
Before and after this, it is determined whether the holding plate body 615A1 or 615A2 is to be arranged at the first stage or the second stage, and is fastened at the screw insertion hole V51 with the bolt V1 or the screw V5. Then install the backside crushed stone. If the lower flange holding members 6142A and 61421A are extended so as to be in contact with the adjacent lower flange holding members, the holding plate body 615A is not necessary. Further, the holding cross beam 6140A may have the L-shaped direction reversed.

本発明の板体型受圧控材の形状は図34にて説明したL型、T型、H型等の形状に限定するもので無く、箱型の板体型受圧控材も含まれる。図35にこの技術を開示する。
図35(a)は本発明の箱型の板体型受圧控材の断面斜視図で、図35(b)は別の箱型の板体型受圧控材の断面斜視図で、図35(c)は本発明の型取付具の斜視図で、図35(d)は図35(c)のA11−A11取付断面図。
図35(a)は図34と技術的思想は変わらないので異なる点のみ説明する。
矩形状の下フランジ控材6142Bの両端より2枚のウエイブ控材6141Bが延伸しており、必要に応じて前記同様に、該挿通孔61411B、61421Bが設けてあり、上下端面連結孔502B、上下側面連結孔503等が設けてある。
上フランジ控材6143BがL型の形状に置き換わり、上フランジ控係止材6145Bであったり、直接控横梁6140Bであったりして現場の状況により選択され前記同様の取付け又はボルトV1、ネジV5等の接合手段が行なわれる。
更に控横梁6140B等にはその適宜の位置に前記同様に型取付具724B、連絡控材62が選定されて連結具51,52等に連結して上下横枠体21,22を連結したり、下フランジ控材61422Bと控板体615Bを単純に置いたり、接合手段にて接合するる事は前記同様である。
The shape of the plate-type pressure-receiving pressure-sensitive material of the present invention is not limited to the shapes such as the L-type, T-type, and H-type described with reference to FIG. 34, and includes a box-shaped plate-type pressure-receiving pressure-sensitive material. FIG. 35 discloses this technique.
35 (a) is a cross-sectional perspective view of the box-type plate-type pressure receiving member of the present invention, and FIG. 35 (b) is a cross-sectional perspective view of another box-type plate-type pressure receiving material, FIG. 35 (c). Fig. 35 is a perspective view of the mold fixture of the present invention, and Fig. 35 (d) is an A11-A11 attachment sectional view of Fig. 35 (c).
FIG. 35 (a) is the same as FIG.
Two wave holding members 6141B extend from both ends of the rectangular lower flange holding member 6142B, and the insertion holes 61411B and 61421B are provided as necessary, and the upper and lower end connecting holes 502B Side connection holes 503 and the like are provided.
The upper flange holding member 6143B is replaced with an L-shaped, and the upper flange holding member 6145B or the direct holding beam 6140B is selected according to the situation at the site and is installed in the same manner as described above or the bolt V1, screw V5, etc. The joining means is performed.
Further, the die mounting tool 724B and the communication sticking material 62 are selected at appropriate positions on the holding horizontal beam 6140B and the like, and connected to the connecting tools 51, 52, etc., and the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies 21, 22 are connected. The lower flange holding member 61422B and the holding plate body 615B are simply placed or joined by the joining means as described above.

図35(b)は前の図35(a)の形状変更で異なる点のみ説明する。
前図の上フランジ控材がL型等の型材に対し、本図(b)では板体の上フランジ控材6143B1になっており、ウエイブ控材等と一体に、又は別体であったり、更に別材料であってもよく、幅又は高さ等は適宜の寸法でもよい。
更に必要に応じて連絡控材621B1の6211B1ケ所のボルトV1、ナットV2を強固に止める為に溝61431B1を設ける事も有る。横枠体21,22を連結したり、或いは該控材6142B1,B2の組積、控板体615B1等は前記同様である。
FIG. 35 (b) will be described only with respect to differences in the shape change of the previous FIG. 35 (a).
In the figure (b), the upper flange retainer of the previous figure is the upper flange retainer 6143B1 of the plate body, which is integral with or separate from the wave retainer, Another material may be used, and the width or height may be an appropriate dimension.
Further, if necessary, a groove 61431B1 may be provided in order to firmly stop the bolt V1 and nut V2 at the 6211B1 portion of the communication detent material 621B1. The horizontal frame bodies 21 and 22 are connected, or the stacking of the holding members 6142B1 and B2, the holding plate body 615B1, and the like are the same as described above.

図35(c)、(d)に於いて、型取付具5型は図35(a)の形状変更で図30(b)、(c)と技術的思想は同じである。背板7251、横板7252、フック72521、と必要に応じて設ける底版7253と嵌入孔72531、取付孔72511、補強リブ7254、さらに余裕高7255がある。各部材の説明に関しては前記該型取付具の説明より充分判断可能である。35 (c) and (d), the mold fixture 5 has the same technical idea as FIGS. 30 (b) and 30 (c) by changing the shape of FIG. 35 (a). There are a back plate 7251, a horizontal plate 7252, a hook 72521, a bottom plate 7253 provided as necessary, a fitting hole 72531, a mounting hole 72511, a reinforcing rib 7254, and a margin height 7255. The description of each member can be sufficiently judged from the description of the mold fixture.

本工法は現場の状況により擁壁勾配がゆるいとか、胴込コンクリートの厚みが薄く連絡控材が設置しにくいとか、又は現場の状況によりこの工法が適していると判断した場合に採用する。
図36は本発明の残存型枠の組積に関する別の連結方法の吊工法の実施図で、図36(a)は別の連結断面図で、図36(b)は同図36(a)の型枠吊材の取付状況上面断面図で、図36(c)は図36(b)とは別の位置での型枠吊材の取付状況上面断面図、図36(d)は図36(c)のA12−A12断面図を示す。
This construction method is adopted when the retaining wall slope is loose depending on the situation at the site, the thickness of the intruded concrete is thin and it is difficult to install the contact pad, or the construction method is determined to be suitable according to the situation at the site.
FIG. 36 is an embodiment of the suspension method of another connection method relating to the masonry of the remaining mold according to the present invention, FIG. 36 (a) is another connection sectional view, and FIG. 36 (b) is the same FIG. 36 (a). 36 (c) is a cross-sectional top view of the attachment state of the formwork hanger, FIG. 36 (c) is a cross-sectional top view of the attachment state of the formwork hanger at a position different from FIG. 36 (b), and FIG. A12-A12 sectional drawing of (c) is shown.

図36(a)に於いて、施工順序に従い説明する。基礎底版F1、D2とを前記要領に従い工事した前、後に、吊材柱81と吊材横梁82を残存型枠B1、B2・・の設置可能な間隔に設定して吊材連結金具84にて格子状に又は吊材柱方向或いは吊材横梁の一方向に締結する。このとき必要に応じて表側に強固で抜けない表側吊材控831及び/又は胴込コンクリート側に胴込吊材控32を適宜の間隔で地山Zに設置する。
その後前記要領にて、該型枠B1の基礎連結板連結後に左右横枠体23,24と2段目該型枠B2の下方に連結具51又は52等の何れか又は双方に、直接又は型枠吊材連結材5100に型枠吊材853の端部挿通してナットV2にて締結する。
In FIG. 36 (a), description will be made according to the construction sequence. Before and after the foundation bottom slabs F1 and D2 are constructed in accordance with the above-described procedure, the suspension material column 81 and the suspension material cross beam 82 are set at intervals where the remaining formwork frames B1, B2,. Fasten in a grid or in the direction of the suspension column or one direction of the suspension beam. At this time, if necessary, the front suspension member 831 which is strong on the front side and cannot be removed and / or the trunk suspension member 32 on the concrete side is installed in the natural ground Z at an appropriate interval.
Thereafter, as described above, after connecting the base connecting plate of the mold B1, the left and right horizontal frame bodies 23, 24 and the second stage under the mold B2, either or both of the connecting tools 51 or 52, or directly An end portion of the formwork suspension material 853 is inserted into the frame suspension material connecting material 5100 and fastened with a nut V2.

該吊材853は本例では該裏縦目地37の上段に連通して他方端はフック850又は他の取付金具を介して、先の該柱81又は該梁82の何れか又は双方に係着している。この要領でB2,B3と組積して適宜の段数に達したら控板体615、裏込材D1を設置したあと胴込コンクリートCを打設する。
尚必要に応じて連絡控材62、623等を設置したリ、控版体615の頭部付近に控板体吊取手6151を設けて胴込コンクリート打設と同時に吊上げる、所謂抜型枠にすることも可能であることは前記同様である。
In this example, the suspension member 853 communicates with the upper stage of the back vertical joint 37, and the other end is engaged with either or both of the column 81 and the beam 82 via a hook 850 or other mounting bracket. is doing. In this manner, when the appropriate number of steps is reached by assembling with B2 and B3, after placing the holding plate body 615 and the backing material D1, the concrete concrete C is placed.
If necessary, a contact plate 62, 623 or the like is installed, and a holding plate body handle 6151 is provided in the vicinity of the head of the plate body 615 so that it is lifted at the same time as placing the concrete into a so-called punching frame. This is also possible as described above.

図36(b)は図36(a)の該型枠B3の上方部位の詳細図で左右縦枠体23、24に前記要領にて縦枠体連結具52が取付けて有り、その縦連結板522の挿通孔に型枠吊材85の他端を挿通してナットV2にて螺着している。該目地37を挿通したフック850の他方端は吊材柱81に吊材連結金具84にて吊材横梁82とに強固に固定されている。
図36(c)(d)は図36(b)と技術的には同じであるが異なる点は隣接する横枠体の係止凸、凹部41,42に連結具51,51を取付け、更に該連結具同士を型枠吊連結材5100にて連結している。L型の該連結材5100の一辺の挿通孔に前記同様に型枠吊材85の他端を挿入してナットV2に螺着して、他方端のフック850を吊材柱又は吊材横梁82に係着している。
尚型枠吊材853の残存型枠の挿通位置は適宜の位置であってもよい。さらに前記要領にて組積された擁壁完成後に吊材柱81、該梁82、控材83、連結金具及84等は撤去され、型枠吊材85は公知の型枠セパレータの様にインサート付にてはずされるか、又は切断等にて撤去される。
FIG. 36 (b) is a detailed view of the upper part of the mold B3 in FIG. 36 (a). The vertical frame connecting member 52 is attached to the left and right vertical frame bodies 23, 24 as described above. The other end of the formwork suspension member 85 is inserted into the insertion hole 522 and screwed with a nut V2. The other end of the hook 850 inserted through the joint 37 is firmly fixed to the suspension material column 81 with a suspension material connecting bracket 84 to the suspension material side beam 82.
36 (c) and (d) are technically the same as FIG. 36 (b), except that the connecting tools 51 and 51 are attached to the locking projections and recesses 41 and 42 of the adjacent horizontal frame, The connecting tools are connected to each other by a formwork hanging connecting material 5100. The other end of the formwork suspension member 85 is inserted into the insertion hole on one side of the L-shaped connecting member 5100 and screwed to the nut V2 in the same manner as described above, and the hook 850 at the other end is attached to the suspension member column or the suspension member cross beam 82. Is attached to.
The insertion position of the remaining formwork of the formwork hanger 853 may be an appropriate position. Further, after the retaining wall assembled in the above-described manner is completed, the suspension material column 81, the beam 82, the holding material 83, the connecting metal fitting 84 and the like are removed, and the formwork suspension material 85 is inserted like a known formwork separator. It is removed by attaching or removed by cutting or the like.

以上の様に図1〜図36まで残存型枠の形状とその連結方法についてその技術を開示したが本発明はこれらに限定するもので無く、該残存型枠の製造方法についても以下にその技術を開示する。本発明の残存型枠は連結方法を考慮した係止部が設けているのでより複雑になっており、更に即脱を考慮した製造方法であるの機械装置を伴っている。
以下に幾つかの製造方法を開示する。
図37は以下に説明する製造方法符号の説明模式符号図で、図37(a)は本発明の架台Q1〜Q7と動力装置R1〜R5の配置上面図で、図37(b)は図37(d)のA13−A13の断面図を示し、図37(c)は同図(d)のA12−A12断面図で、図37(d)は以下残存型枠の製造方法を説明するための上面図を示す。
従って図37と図38〜46までの図面の符号が一致している。
As described above, the technology for the shape of the remaining mold and the connecting method thereof have been disclosed in FIGS. 1 to 36. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the technique for manufacturing the remaining mold is also described below. Is disclosed. The remaining mold according to the present invention is more complicated because it is provided with a locking portion in consideration of the connection method, and is accompanied by a mechanical device that is a manufacturing method in consideration of immediate removal.
Several manufacturing methods are disclosed below.
FIG. 37 is an explanatory schematic code diagram of manufacturing method codes described below, FIG. 37 (a) is an arrangement top view of the gantry Q1-Q7 and the power units R1-R5 of the present invention, and FIG. 37 (b) is FIG. FIG. 37 (c) is a sectional view taken along the line A12-A12 in FIG. 37 (d), and FIG. 37 (d) is a diagram for explaining the manufacturing method of the remaining mold form. A top view is shown.
Accordingly, the reference numerals in FIG. 37 and FIGS.

図38〜図42までは本発明の製造方法の1実施例で図38は本発明の残存型枠を製造するための第1段階の機械装置図で図38(a)は該機械装置の第一段階の断面図で図38(b)は化粧型枠の製品断面図を示す。
図38於いて、本発明の機械装置を全体的に纏め、動力装置の受台としての役割を成す架台Qの柱Q1、梁Q2、上端梁Q3、地梁Q4、地端梁Q5、中間梁Q6、動力受梁Q7によって箱型のフレーム骨組として架構されている。
地梁Q4又は上台R1130上に戴置した台座Pは台座縦板P2とその上端に戴置した台座横板P1に依って形成されている。両端の台座縦板の上方に側板Oの下端付近と連結して側板を回転自在にする側板蝶番O10が取付いている。
更に台座横板の上に本発明の残存型枠の表面を決定する化粧型枠Mが取り替え自在可能に戴置している。該化粧型枠は残存型枠の原板より転写された先の建築材料より選定された化粧型M1が化粧型受台M2の受台板M21と受台リブM22に戴置している。
38 to 42 show an embodiment of the manufacturing method according to the present invention. FIG. 38 is a first-stage mechanical apparatus diagram for manufacturing the residual mold according to the present invention. FIG. FIG. 38B is a cross-sectional view of one stage, and shows a cross-sectional view of the product of the decorative mold.
In FIG. 38, the mechanical device of the present invention is generally summarized, and the column Q1, beam Q2, upper end beam Q3, ground beam Q4, ground end beam Q5, intermediate beam of the gantry Q which plays a role as a cradle for the power unit. It is constructed as a box-shaped frame by Q6 and power receiving beam Q7.
The base P placed on the ground beam Q4 or the upper base R1130 is formed by the base vertical board P2 and the base horizontal board P1 placed on the upper end thereof. Side plate hinges O10 that are connected to the vicinity of the lower end of the side plate O and are rotatable above the pedestal vertical plates at both ends are attached.
Further, a decorative mold M for determining the surface of the remaining mold of the present invention is placed on the base plate so as to be replaceable. In the decorative mold, a decorative mold M1 selected from the previous building material transferred from the remaining mold original plate is placed on the receiving plate M21 and the receiving rib M22 of the decorative mold receiving base M2.

残存型枠の裏面を形成する裏面押型N1、N11、N12が箱状の裏面押取付材N2の底板に固着している。
該取付材の中央付近に裏面押圧軸R5、R5が立説して、枠体押具4と動力受台R3とC型の中間梁Q6の各各2ケ所に挿通している。
更に第一動力R1の上端を固定する動力受梁Q7の両端が中間梁Q6の中央付近に連結され、又第2動力R2の上端が動力受台R3に取付いている。該第1、2、動力は別に説置されている操作盤R0の油圧、空気ジャッキ、電動モター等の動力装置を有しており、配管R01に依って連絡している。
Back surface pressing dies N1, N11, and N12 that form the back surface of the remaining mold are fixed to the bottom plate of the box-shaped back surface pressing attachment material N2.
The back surface pressing shafts R5 and R5 are provided in the vicinity of the center of the mounting material, and are inserted through the frame body pressing tool 4, the power receiving base R3, and the C-shaped intermediate beam Q6.
Further, both ends of the power receiving beam Q7 for fixing the upper end of the first power R1 are connected to the vicinity of the center of the intermediate beam Q6, and the upper end of the second power R2 is attached to the power receiving base R3. The first and second powers have power units such as a hydraulic pressure, air jack, and electric motor of the operation panel R0, which are separately provided, and communicate with each other through a pipe R01.

図39は第2段階の該製造方法の説明断面図で、図39(a)は側面板のコンクリートを敷き均す状態断面図。
図38に化粧型枠Mを台座Pに戴置して側板Oの型枠を所定の位置に設置して、側面板1のコンクリートCw1を所定の量と厚みに流し込み、型枠の化粧面の凹凸に沿っておおむね敷き均す。
図39(b)は第一動力作動状況断面図を示す。本例では油圧動力について設明する。操作盤R0の操作によりオイルが配管R01に流れ第一動力R1の第一動力軸R10が延び、裏面押取付材N2と裏面側型枠N1を所定の設計側面板厚の位置まで押し下げ、振動等を掛けると該コンクリートは少しおうめに敷き均してあるので枠体の部分に入り少し盛り上がるCw10。その後枠体のコンクリートCw2を所定の厚さに充填する。
FIG. 39 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the manufacturing method in the second stage, and FIG. 39 (a) is a cross-sectional view showing a state where the concrete of the side plate is spread and leveled.
38, the decorative mold M is placed on the pedestal P, the mold of the side plate O is installed at a predetermined position, and the concrete Cw1 of the side plate 1 is poured into a predetermined amount and thickness, so that the decorative surface of the mold is removed. Spread the surface roughly along the unevenness.
FIG. 39B shows a sectional view of the first power operation state. In this example, the hydraulic power will be explained. By operating the operation panel R0, the oil flows into the pipe R01, the first power shaft R10 of the first power R1 extends, and the back pressing member N2 and the back mold N1 are pushed down to a predetermined design side plate thickness, vibration, etc. As the concrete is spread over a little, the concrete enters the frame part and Cw10 rises a little. Thereafter, concrete Cw2 of the frame is filled to a predetermined thickness.

図40は第3段階の該製造方法の説明断面図で、図40(a)は操作盤R0の操作により第2動力R2が前記同様の作動により第2動力軸R20が延びその先端が枠体押板R41を押すと該押板に連結した凸状の枠体押片R42が枠体位置に嵌入可能に設定されており先の枠体充填材Cw2を押圧し、更に振動を駆けると水セメント比の少ないパサ、パサのコンクリートであっても所定の厚みに締め固め可能である。
第一、第二動力と動力受台R3、枠体押材R4と裏面押軸R5は相互に支障なく関連して作動するので側面板1と枠体2とのコンクリート押圧成形が設計通りに行なわれる。
図40(b)は図40(a)の短辺方向の断面図で、動力装置R(R1,R2等)は図40(a)と同じであるが、只異なる点は中間梁Q6が梁Q2に固設され、動力受梁Q7が該梁Q6に固着して、更に第一動力R1を受けている。
動力受台R3には横揺れと位置決めの為に必要に応じてフレ止めR31とスライド用レールR32が設けてある。更に横枠体の係止凹、凸部を形成する為の係止凹凸形成装置N3が設置されているがこの設明は図42にて設明する。
FIG. 40 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the manufacturing method in the third stage. FIG. 40 (a) shows that the second power R2 is extended by operation of the operation panel R0 and the second power shaft R20 is extended by the same operation as described above. When the pressing plate R41 is pushed, the convex frame body pressing piece R42 connected to the pressing plate is set so as to be able to be inserted into the frame body position. When the frame body filling material Cw2 is pressed and further vibration is driven, water cement Even pasa and pasa concrete with a small ratio can be compacted to a predetermined thickness.
Since the first and second powers and the power receiving base R3, the frame body pressing member R4 and the rear surface pressing shaft R5 operate in a mutually related manner, the concrete pressing of the side plate 1 and the frame body 2 is performed as designed. It is.
40B is a cross-sectional view in the short side direction of FIG. 40A, and the power unit R (R1, R2, etc.) is the same as FIG. 40A, except that the intermediate beam Q6 is a beam. Fixed to Q2, the power receiving beam Q7 is fixed to the beam Q6 and further receives the first power R1.
The power cradle R3 is provided with an anti-fluff R31 and a slide rail R32 as required for rolling and positioning. Further, a locking unevenness forming device N3 for forming locking recesses and protrusions of the horizontal frame is provided, and this setting is illustrated in FIG.

図41は第4段階目の製造方法の説明断面図で、図41(a)は第4段目の脱型状況断面図(最終)で、図40にてコンクリート押圧振動により形成された後脱型時間に達つしたら、操作盤R0の操作により第一、第二の動力を適宜の順序で作動させ裏面側型枠Nを初期の段階に戻し、側板Oを外側に開き脱型して化粧型枠Mに戴置した残存型枠製品のまま化粧型受台M2の下方にホ−クリフトの爪等を入れ持ち上げて養生室にいれる。図41(b)は化粧型枠Mに戴置した残存型枠製品と共に養生室に保管された状態断面図である。41 is an explanatory cross-sectional view of the fourth stage manufacturing method, and FIG. 41 (a) is a fourth-stage demolding state cross-sectional view (final). When the mold time is reached, the first and second powers are operated in an appropriate order by operating the operation panel R0 to return the back-side mold N to the initial stage, and the side plate O is opened to the outside to remove the makeup. With the remaining formwork product placed on the formwork M, a hook lift nail or the like is placed under the makeup type cradle M2 and lifted into the curing room. FIG. 41B is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the product is stored in the curing room together with the remaining mold product placed on the decorative mold M. FIG.

図42は図40にて説明した横枠体の係止凹凸部を形成する係止凹凸形成装置N3の設明図で、図42(a)は本発明の係止凹凸形成装置の一部断面斜視図で、図42(b)は図42(a)の充填材の充填状況を示す断面図で、図42(c)は別の充填状況を説明する断面図で、図42(d)は別の係止凹凸形成装置の断面図を示す。
図42(a)に於いて、前記した裏面押取付材底板N22の所定の位置にフレ止N323が固設され、該フレ止323の挿通孔にネジを有する押引材N321が螺着され、その先端は係止凹凸部41,42の形状の凹凸形成具N31に裏面押取付材側板N21の挿通孔412へ挿通されて固着されている。
更に該押引材の他方端は押引可能なタンバックルN322等に螺着して左右対称に対向して凹凸形成具N31等を成して係止凹凸形成装置N3を形成している。
又凹凸形成具N31の出し入れをスム−ズにするために溝N311と嵌着する凸材N331を有した凹凸形成案内具N33を1又は2以上設ける事も可能である。
尚側板N21は適宜補強版N211、N212等を添設することも可能である。
FIG. 42 is an explanatory view of the locking unevenness forming device N3 for forming the locking unevenness portion of the horizontal frame described in FIG. 40, and FIG. 42 (a) is a partial cross section of the locking unevenness forming device of the present invention. 42 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a filling state of the filler in FIG. 42 (a), FIG. 42 (c) is a cross-sectional view illustrating another filling state, and FIG. 42 (d) is a perspective view. Sectional drawing of another latching uneven | corrugated formation apparatus is shown.
In FIG. 42 (a), a fretting stopper N323 is fixed to a predetermined position of the above-mentioned back surface pressing attachment bottom plate N22, and a pulling member N321 having a screw is screwed into an insertion hole of the fleece 323, The tip is inserted into and fixed to an unevenness forming tool N31 in the shape of the locking unevenness portions 41 and 42 through the insertion hole 412 of the back surface pressing attachment side plate N21.
Further, the other end of the push-pull material is screwed to a push-pullable tongue buckle N322 or the like, and symmetrically opposed to form a concavo-convex forming tool N31 or the like to form a locking concavo-convex forming device N3.
It is also possible to provide one or more unevenness forming guide tools N33 having a convex material N331 fitted to the groove N311 in order to make the unevenness forming tool N31 smooth.
The side plate N21 can be appropriately provided with reinforcing plates N211 and N212.

図42(b)は凹凸形成具N31が該側板N21の挿通孔412の嵌入して、側面板1のコンクリートが押圧振動されて、枠体充填材Cw2を充填した状態で、該枠体の形状Cw201等に対応した幅R4212等の段部付枠体押板R421が枠体押板R41にボルト等を必要により介して取り付いている。前記同様の押圧により充填材Cw21、Cw22は製品高Cw20まで押圧される。
図42(c)は枠体押板R422が矩形を成しているが本発明の枠体押板R42の形状は枠体の形状に応じて適宜選択される。又充填材の表面は傾斜Cw220であったり、水平であったり適宜枠体形状とコンクリートの水セメント比等により決定する。
FIG. 42B shows the shape of the frame body in a state in which the unevenness forming tool N31 is inserted into the insertion hole 412 of the side plate N21 and the concrete of the side plate 1 is pressed and vibrated and filled with the frame body filler Cw2. A stepped frame body pressing plate R421 having a width R4212 or the like corresponding to Cw201 or the like is attached to the frame body pressing plate R41 via bolts or the like as necessary. By the same pressing as described above, the fillers Cw21 and Cw22 are pressed to the product height Cw20.
In FIG. 42C, the frame body pressing plate R422 is rectangular, but the shape of the frame body pressing plate R42 of the present invention is appropriately selected according to the shape of the frame body. Further, the surface of the filler is inclined Cw 220, is horizontal, or is appropriately determined by the frame shape and the water-cement ratio of concrete.

図42(d)は別の凹凸形成装置N4で同図(a)と異なる点は凹凸形成具N42を連結した板N41の端部のピンN43とこれを支える支柱N44のピンN43を介して押引材N421を先のタンバックル又はクランプ或いは油圧等の動力により凹凸形成具N42を押したり、引いたりする事は前記同様である。  FIG. 42 (d) shows another uneven forming device N4, which is different from FIG. 42 (a) in that it is pushed via a pin N43 at the end of a plate N41 connecting the uneven forming tool N42 and a pin N43 of a support N44 supporting this. The pulling material N421 is pushed or pulled by the tumble buckle or the clamp or by the power such as hydraulic pressure in the same manner as described above.

図43は別の製造方法の断面図で、前記図37〜図42は側面板のコンクリート打設と枠体のコンクリート打設と2段階の打設順序であったが本発明の製造方法は側面板と枠体を同時にコンクリート打設する工法も含まれるもので該工法を以下に開示する。
図43(a)は本発明の別の製造方法の説明断面図で、架台、動力、化粧型枠、裏面側型枠、側板及び台座等は前記工法と同じであるが、只異なる点は第二動力の枠体押具R4の使用方法が異なる点である。
図39で化粧型枠M上に側面板のコンクリート量Cw1の敷厚のみであったが、本発明は側面板Cw1+枠体Cw2、即ち残存型枠Cwのコンクリート量を所定の厚みに敷き均した後、第二動力R2の枠体押具R4を枠体設計高さまで押し下げる。
FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view of another manufacturing method, and FIGS. 37 to 42 show a two-step placement sequence of concrete placement of side plates and concrete placement of a frame, but the production method of the present invention is the side. A construction method in which a face plate and a frame are simultaneously placed in a concrete is also included, and the construction method is disclosed below.
FIG. 43 (a) is an explanatory cross-sectional view of another manufacturing method of the present invention. The gantry, power, decorative mold, back side mold, side plate, pedestal, etc. are the same as those in the above construction method. The use method of the dual power frame pusher R4 is different.
In FIG. 39, only the spread thickness of the concrete amount Cw1 of the side plate on the decorative mold M is present, but the present invention spreads the concrete amount of the side plate Cw1 + frame body Cw2, that is, the residual mold Cw to a predetermined thickness. After that, the frame body pressing tool R4 of the second power R2 is pushed down to the frame body design height.

その後第一動力R1を所定の位置まで圧力を加えながら押し下げ、前記同様に台座に設置された振動機にて加振すると側面板のコンクリートは枠体コンクリート量Cw2だけ盛り上がり、枠体押具の押板R03で押さえられているのでこれより上に上がる事は無い。尚該押板R03は枠体の設計高さで、これに合わせて側板Oと裏面押取付材N2の天端は押板R03に当接する。又該押板には必要により適宜の形状の水抜孔が設けてある。脱型等は前記要領にて行なわれる。
図43(b)は別の製造方法の説明断面図で図40(b)と同様に短辺側を表している。図43(a)と異なる点は第二動力R2と枠体押具R4を省略した点である。
コンクリート打設天端Cw3は小手均し又は鋤取り等により成形される。
After that, the first power R1 is pushed down to a predetermined position while applying pressure, and when it is vibrated by a vibrator installed on the pedestal in the same manner as described above, the concrete on the side plate rises by the frame concrete amount Cw2, and the pressing of the frame pressing tool is performed. Since it is pressed by the board R03, it will not rise above this. The pressing plate R03 has a design height of the frame, and the top ends of the side plate O and the back surface pressing attachment material N2 are in contact with the pressing plate R03. The push plate is provided with a drain hole having an appropriate shape if necessary. Demolding and the like are performed as described above.
FIG. 43B is an explanatory cross-sectional view of another manufacturing method, and shows the short side as in FIG. A difference from FIG. 43 (a) is that the second power R2 and the frame body pressing tool R4 are omitted.
The concrete casting top edge Cw3 is formed by hand leveling or scraping.

図44は前記と異なる駆動操作による別の駆動操作設明断面図を示す。前記図に於いては油圧により第一、第二動力を駆動させていたが、本発明はこれに限定するもので無く,他の駆動操作も可能でその一例を図44に開示する。
図43同様に架台、化粧型枠、裏面側型枠、側板、台座等は同じであるが只異なる点は動力が油圧によるもので無く、歯車の駆動装置を使用する方法も本発明は可能で、この異なる点についてのみ説明する。
別の位置にある電動装置R07にはモーター等が内臓され、必要に応じて切り替え装置R66から伝動(連動)装置の車R65に伝達されベルト、鎖等の伝達手段R64にて車R63に伝達され、軸R62と軸受R621,R621により傘歯車R61、第一動力R10によってネジ付軸R681が回転したり、しなかったりして動力受台R30を押し下げ、前記同様に動力受台30と連係している軸50を作動させて裏面側型枠Nを押し下げCw1及び/又はCw2を押圧振動により締め固める。その後必要に応じて、第二動力R20が油圧の場合は前記同様に軸R682の作用により枠体押具R40を押下げるか、又は第二駆動指令によりネジ付軸R681が回転して変換連係しているネジ駆動装置等によりネジ付又はネジなしの軸R682を介して枠体押具R40を押下げた後、枠体コンクリートCw2を加圧振動させた後前記同様に脱型養生等を行なう。この様に、本発明の動力及び駆動伝達装置により油圧、空気圧、歯車等を利用して多様な製造方法が可能である。
FIG. 44 shows another drive operation setting sectional view by a drive operation different from the above. In the figure, the first and second powers are driven by hydraulic pressure. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and other driving operations are possible, and an example thereof is disclosed in FIG.
As in FIG. 43, the frame, the decorative mold, the back-side mold, the side plate, the pedestal, etc. are the same, but the difference is that the power is not hydraulic, and a method using a gear drive device is also possible. Only this different point will be described.
The electric device R07 at a different position contains a motor and the like, and if necessary, is transmitted from the switching device R66 to the transmission (interlocking) device R65 and is transmitted to the vehicle R63 by transmission means R64 such as a belt or chain. The shaft R62 and the bearings R621, R621 push down the power receiving base R30 by rotating or not rotating the bevel gear R61 and the first power R10 by the first power R10. The back side mold N is pushed down by operating the shaft 50, and Cw1 and / or Cw2 are compressed by pressing vibration. Thereafter, if necessary, when the second power R20 is a hydraulic pressure, the frame body pressing tool R40 is pushed down by the action of the shaft R682 as described above, or the threaded shaft R681 is rotated by the second drive command to be converted and linked. After the frame body pressing tool R40 is pressed down via a screwed or unscrewed shaft R682 by a screw driving device or the like, the frame concrete Cw2 is pressurized and vibrated and then subjected to demolding curing and the like. As described above, various manufacturing methods using hydraulic power, pneumatic pressure, gears, and the like are possible by the power and drive transmission device of the present invention.

前記図38〜図44に於いて、化粧型枠Mが下で、裏面側型枠Nが上による製造方法であったが本発明はこれに限定するもので無く裏面側型枠Nが下で、化粧型枠Mが上の製造方法も可能で、この製造方法を以下に開示する。
図45、図46は別の製造方法の説明断面図で図45は第一段階の製造方法の説明断面図で、図46(a)は第二段階の製造方法の説明断面図で、図46(b)は第三段階の製造方法の説明断面図を示す。
In FIGS. 38 to 44, the manufacturing method is such that the decorative mold M is at the bottom and the back-side mold N is at the top, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the back-side mold N is at the bottom. The manufacturing method for the decorative mold M is also possible, and this manufacturing method is disclosed below.
45 and 46 are explanatory sectional views of another manufacturing method. FIG. 45 is an explanatory sectional view of the first stage manufacturing method. FIG. 46 (a) is an explanatory sectional view of the second stage manufacturing method. (B) shows explanatory sectional drawing of the manufacturing method of a 3rd step.

図45に於いて、本例での動力は油圧装置の利用による製造方法を説明するが本例においても前記同様に他の歯車等の駆動手段を利用出来ることは云うまでもない。
架台Q、操作盤R0、配管R01は前記同様であるが、多少異なる点は軸R501、R501が中間梁Q6に挿通し、動力受梁Q7が第一動力R111を受け、これに内臓されている軸R112の先端は動力受台R301、R302の何れか又は化粧型受台M202にボルト、溶接等により固設されている。
又動力受台一R301、動力受台二R302の所定位置2ケ所にアリ嵌合凹凸R303が設けてあり、必要に応じて化粧型受台M202の凸部R303を介して化粧型枠Mにしたり、枠体のコンクリートCw2の押圧等が必要な時は押凸板R3012付動力受台二R302を該凸部R303を介して動力受台一に取り付けることも可能である。
従ってR301,R302及びM202を各々単独で、又は併用したりすることも可能でこの採用は現場の状況により決定する。
In FIG. 45, the power in this example will be described with respect to a manufacturing method using a hydraulic device, but it is needless to say that other driving means such as gears can be used in this example as well.
The gantry Q, the operation panel R0, and the pipe R01 are the same as those described above, except that the shafts R501 and R501 are inserted into the intermediate beam Q6 and the power receiving beam Q7 receives the first power R111 and is built in. The tip of the shaft R112 is fixed to either the power receiving base R301, R302 or the decorative receiving base M202 by bolts, welding or the like.
Further, ant fitting unevenness R303 is provided at two predetermined positions of the power cradle R301 and the power cradle 2R302, and if necessary, it can be made into a decorative form frame M via the convex portion R303 of the decorative cradle M202. When it is necessary to press the concrete Cw2 of the frame body, it is possible to attach the power receiving base 2R302 with the pressing convex plate R3012 to the power receiving base through the convex portion R303.
Therefore, R301, R302, and M202 can be used alone or in combination, and this adoption is determined by the situation in the field.

他方地面上の所定位置の土台R1130に操作盤R0より配管R02された第二動力R113を固設して該動力より延びた第二動力軸R114の先端に第二動力受台R304が固着され、更に該受台より1又は2以上の固定軸R305が立設して裏面押取付材N201に固着され、該板に裏面押型N101が戴置固設している。従って第二動力R113の作用で軸R114が上下するとこれと連動してR304、R305、N201、N101が動く。この動きを滑らかに動かす為に必要に応じて案内レールR3043を台座縦板P20に取り付け、これに嵌着滑り車R3042に固設した連絡版R3041の他端は第二動力受台R304に固着している。
尚枠体Cw2を支える型枠N103は枠体の数だけ台座横板P10に戴置している。
枠体Cw2の押圧製造方法の1例で図の様に下方の型枠装置をコンクリート打設状態に設置して、第一動力の軸を収納した状態で動力受台一R301にアリ凹凸R303を介して動力受台R302を設置して、枠体コンクリートCw2を充填したあと第一動力R111を作動させて枠体Cw2を加圧振動した後、第一動力R111の軸R112を収納した後、動力受台二を外して、動力受台一R301にアリ凹凸R303を介して取り付けた後、側面板のコンクリートCw1を所定の厚みに敷き均す。
On the other hand, the second power receiving base R304 is fixed to the tip of the second power shaft R114 extending from the power by fixing the second power R113 piped from the operation panel R0 to the base R1130 at a predetermined position on the ground. Further, one or two or more fixed shafts R305 are erected from the receiving stand and fixed to the back surface pressing attachment material N201, and the back surface pressing die N101 is placed and fixed on the plate. Accordingly, when the shaft R114 moves up and down by the action of the second power R113, the R304, R305, N201, and N101 move in conjunction with this movement. In order to smoothly move this movement, a guide rail R3043 is attached to the base vertical plate P20 as necessary, and the other end of the connecting plate R3041 fixed to the sliding pulley R3042 is fixed to the second power receiving base R304. ing.
In addition, the formwork N103 supporting the frame body Cw2 is placed on the pedestal horizontal plate P10 by the number of the frame bodies.
In the example of the method for manufacturing the press of the frame body Cw2, the lower formwork apparatus is installed in the concrete placement state as shown in the figure, and the ant unevenness R303 is formed on the power receiving base R301 with the first power shaft accommodated. After installing the power receiving base R302 and filling the frame concrete Cw2, the first power R111 is operated to press and vibrate the frame Cw2, and then the shaft R112 of the first power R111 is stored. After the cradle 2 is removed and attached to the power cradle 1 R301 via the ant unevenness R303, the concrete Cw1 of the side plate is spread to a predetermined thickness and leveled.

図46(a)は動力受台R301にアリ凹凸R303を介して化粧型枠M、M201、M101が取り付けられ、先のコンクリートCw1を第一動力の軸R112により押圧振動により加圧している。尚動力受台一R301は動力受台二R302を介しないで直接化粧型受台M201にボルト又は溶接等で取り付けたり、動力受台一を介せずに直接該受台M201と軸R112とを接合手段にて固着しても良い。裏面側型枠Nは図45の状態である。尚残存型枠の形状に依ってはコンクリートCw1+Cw2を同時に敷き均して加圧する事も可能である。尚残存型枠の表面に空気が溜まる場合は化粧型枠M201、M101に真空ポンプ装置付に改造して空気を吸い込むか又は空気吸い取り布等をコンクリート当接面に添付する事も可能である。In FIG. 46A, the decorative molds M, M201, and M101 are attached to the power receiving base R301 via the ant concavities and convexities R303, and the concrete Cw1 is pressed by the first power axis R112 by pressing vibration. The power cradle 1R301 is directly attached to the makeup type cradle M201 without using the power cradle 2R302 by bolts or welding, or the cradle M201 and the shaft R112 are directly connected without using the power cradle 1. It may be fixed by a joining means. The back side mold N is in the state shown in FIG. Depending on the shape of the remaining mold, concrete Cw1 + Cw2 can be simultaneously spread and pressed. If air remains on the surface of the remaining mold, the decorative molds M201 and M101 can be modified with a vacuum pump device to suck in air or attach an air blotting cloth or the like to the concrete contact surface.

図46(b)は図6(a)にて残存型枠Cwを完全に固まらないが脱型しても崩れない、又は直接持ち上げても支障ない程硬化した状態の何れかによる、所謂所定の強度になった後、第一動力及び第二動力の軸R112、R114を収納して側板Oを前記要領にて脱型して、完全に固まらなく残存型枠の形状が保持されているときは裏面型枠N103共にフォークリフト等にて持ち上げて養生室に運ぶか、又は製品Cwを持ち上げても支障ない程硬化した場合は直接製品を適宜の方法で持ち上げ置き場に運ぶ。このとき裏面型枠N103は残置した状態であってもよい。尚裏面側型枠Nは図45,46の様に第二動力R113、軸R114を省略した固定状の裏面側型枠(N101、N201、R305,R1130)であっても良い。  FIG. 46 (b) shows a so-called predetermined state in FIG. 6 (a) in which the remaining formwork Cw is not completely solidified but does not collapse even if it is removed from the mold, or is hardened to the extent that it can be lifted directly. When the strength is increased and the shafts R112 and R114 of the first power and the second power are accommodated and the side plate O is removed from the mold as described above, and the shape of the remaining mold is maintained without being completely solidified. The back formwork N103 is lifted together with a forklift or the like and carried to the curing room, or when the product Cw is hardened to the extent that it does not hinder the product, the product is directly lifted and carried to the storage place by an appropriate method. At this time, the back formwork N103 may be left. The back side mold N may be a fixed back side mold (N101, N201, R305, R1130) in which the second power R113 and the axis R114 are omitted as shown in FIGS.

更にコンクリートCw、Cw1、Cw2の何れか又は双方のコンクリートの硬化を早めるためにコンクリートの中に液体又は粉体状の硬化促進剤を同時に又は別体で混入したり、或いはコンクリートと接触する化粧型枠M、裏面側型枠N及び側板Oに硬化促進剤を剥離材に混入したり、又は剥離材と硬化促進剤を別々に噴霧の時に混合する様にしたり或いは剥離材噴霧の前、後に分けて噴霧する事も可能でである。
これと別に単独に、或いは併用して、図46(b)に示す様に熱線ヒーターを型枠の内側又は外側の何れか又は双方に添付してコンクリートの硬化を早める事も可能である。
即ち化粧型枠Mのコンクリート接触面の全体又は一部に熱線ヒーターSM1及び/又はコンクリートと接触しない型枠又は型枠裏面の全体又は一部に熱線ヒーターSM2を添付して電源に接続して型枠を熱ためてコンクリートの硬化を促進させる。
同様に裏面側型枠に於いても、コンクリート接触面SN1、非接触面SN2、側板に於いても接触面SO1、非接触面SO2に熱線ヒーターを添付する。
Further, in order to accelerate the curing of concrete Cw, Cw1, Cw2 or both, liquid or powder curing accelerator is mixed in the concrete simultaneously or separately, or a decorative mold that comes into contact with the concrete. The frame M, the back side mold N and the side plate O are mixed with a curing accelerator in the release material, or the release material and the curing accelerator are mixed separately at the time of spraying, or separated before and after spraying the release material. It is also possible to spray.
Separately or in combination, it is also possible to accelerate the hardening of the concrete by attaching a hot wire heater to either or both of the inside and outside of the mold as shown in FIG. 46 (b).
That is, the heat ray heater SM1 and / or the heat ray heater SM2 is attached to the whole or a part of the back surface of the mold, which is not in contact with the concrete, on the whole or part of the concrete contact surface of the decorative mold M and connected to the power source. Heat the frame to accelerate the hardening of the concrete.
Similarly, a heat ray heater is attached to the contact surface SN1 and the non-contact surface SN2 in the back surface side formwork, and to the contact surface SO1 and the non-contact surface SO2 in the side plate.

前記した様に建設工事場所は重機が入り自由に工事が行なえる場所の他に、重機の入らない所、地形の複雑な所等様々な条件が存在する。現場としてはどのような条件でも対処出来、更に経済的で、熟練工を必要としない工事が出来る工法が要求されている。又最近景観法が成立しており、構造物の表面にも美観に配慮する必要が生じてきた。
又現在建設技能者の高齢化と微弱化により重い材料が持てなくなったり、或いは若者の3K離れで熟練工の不足等社会問題化しており、今後もこの傾向は継ずくと考えられる。
本発明の残存型枠の形状と機能は重機の入らない所、又は地形の複雑な所等対処する為に、該型枠の軽量化と曲線及び折れ線の壁面にも対応出来ろ形状を有している。更にこれらの地形的条件等においても該型枠相互の連結が可能な工法で、並びにこの様な多様な用途の該型枠の形状であっても製造可能な工法である。従って本発明の残存型枠とその連結工法並びに製造方法は社会的要求を満足しているので産業上の利用可能性は充分あると考える。
As described above, there are various conditions such as places where heavy machinery can enter and places where heavy machinery does not enter, complicated terrain, etc. in addition to places where heavy machinery can enter and construction can be performed freely. There is a demand for a construction method that can cope with any conditions at the site, is economical, and can be constructed without requiring skilled workers. Recently, a landscape law has been enacted, and it has become necessary to consider the aesthetics of the surface of the structure.
In addition, due to the aging and weakening of construction technicians, heavy materials can no longer be held, or there are social problems such as lack of skilled workers 3K away from young people, and this trend will continue in the future.
The shape and function of the remaining formwork of the present invention has a shape that can cope with the weight reduction of the formwork and the walls of curved lines and broken lines in order to deal with places where heavy machinery does not enter or complicated topography etc. ing. Furthermore, even in these topographical conditions, etc., it is a construction method that allows the molds to be connected to each other, and a construction method that can be manufactured even for the shape of the molds for such various uses. Therefore, the remaining formwork of the present invention, its connecting method and manufacturing method satisfy the social requirements, so that the industrial applicability is considered sufficient.

本発明の残存型枠の裏面斜視図。  The back surface perspective view of the residual formwork of this invention. 図1の残存型枠を複数段組積した背面斜視図。  FIG. 2 is a rear perspective view in which a plurality of remaining molds in FIG. 1 are stacked. 図4の残存型枠を複数段組積したA3−A3横断面図。  FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A3-A3 in which a plurality of remaining molds in FIG. 4 are stacked. 図3の組積背面図。  The masonry back view of FIG. (a) 図1のA1−A1断面図。 (b) 図1のA2−A2断面図。  (A) A1-A1 sectional drawing of FIG. (B) A2-A2 sectional view of FIG. (a) 横枠体と枠体連結具との嵌着断面斜視図。 (b) 上下横枠体と枠体連結具との連結状態を示す断面図。  (A) The fitting cross-section perspective view of a horizontal frame and a frame coupling tool. (B) Sectional drawing which shows the connection state of an up-and-down horizontal frame and a frame coupling tool. (a) 上下残存型枠に段差が生じた場合の枠体連結具同士の連結状態断面図。 (b) 別の枠体連結具の斜視図。 (c) 別の枠体連結具の連結状態断面図。 (d) 別の長孔の締結変形爪の説明用断面図。  (A) Connection state sectional drawing of frame connection tools in case a level | step difference arises in the upper and lower residual formwork. (B) The perspective view of another frame connection tool. (C) Connection state sectional drawing of another frame coupling tool. (D) Sectional drawing for description of the fastening deformation claw of another long hole. (a) 縦枠体連結具とこれら周辺部位との取付断面斜視図。 (b) 別の縦枠体連結具の取付断面図。 (c) 図8(b)の縦枠体連結具の横断面図。  (A) The attachment cross-section perspective view of a vertical frame connection tool and these peripheral parts. (B) The attachment sectional view of another vertical frame connection tool. (C) The cross-sectional view of the vertical frame connector of FIG. 8 (b). (a) 別の左右縦枠体を連結具で連結した状態の連結断面斜視図。 (b) 図9(a)の横断面図。  (A) The connection cross-section perspective view of the state which connected another right-and-left vertical frame with the connector. (B) The cross-sectional view of FIG. (a) 別の残存型枠の上横枠体の断面斜視図。 (b) 図10(a)の上横枠体に本発明の下横枠体が当接された断面図。 (c) 別の残存型枠の組積断面図。 (d) 別の残存型枠の上下横枠体同士の連結部位の断面図。  (A) The cross-sectional perspective view of the upper horizontal frame body of another residual formwork. (B) Sectional view in which the lower horizontal frame of the present invention is in contact with the upper horizontal frame of FIG. (C) Cross sectional view of another remaining formwork. (D) Sectional drawing of the connection part of the upper and lower horizontal frame bodies of another residual mold form. (a) 別の残存型枠の背面斜視図。 (b) 同図(a)のA4−A4断面図。 (c) 同図(a)のA5−A5断面図。  (A) Rear perspective view of another remaining mold. (B) A4-A4 sectional view of the same figure (a). (C) A5-A5 sectional view of the same figure (a). (a) 各縦枠体と隣接する残存型枠の係止凹凸材との連結状態を示す断面図。 (b) 他の位置での連結状態を示す断面図。  (A) Sectional drawing which shows the connection state with the latching uneven | corrugated material of the residual formwork adjacent to each vertical frame. (B) Sectional drawing which shows the connection state in another position. (a) 別の縦枠体連結具の使用断面図。 (b) 別の枠体連結具の使用断面図。  (A) Use sectional drawing of another vertical frame coupling tool. (B) Use sectional drawing of another frame coupling tool. (a) 別の枠体連結具と連結方法の断面図。 (b) 別の枠体連結具と連結方法の断面図。  (A) Sectional drawing of another frame connection tool and connection method. (B) Sectional drawing of another frame connection tool and a connection method. (a) 別の残存型枠の組積背面斜視図。 (b) 同図(a)、(c)のA6−A6の連結部位の断面図。 (c) 同図(c)の正面図。  (A) Assembly rear perspective view of another remaining mold. (B) Sectional drawing of the connection part of A6-A6 of the figure (a), (c). (C) Front view of FIG. (a) 図15(b)の別の連結部位の断面図。 (b) 別の残存型枠の背面斜視図。 (c) 同図(b)の上下横枠体の連結部位の断面図。  (A) Sectional drawing of another connection site | part of FIG.15 (b). (B) Rear perspective view of another remaining mold. (C) Sectional drawing of the connection part of the up-and-down horizontal frame body of the same figure (b). (a) 別の凹凸段部と曲折対応端裏縦目地の上面断面図。 (b) 別の凹凸段部と曲折対応端裏縦目地の上面断面図。 (c) 別の凹凸段部と曲折対応端裏縦目地の上面断面図。 (d) 別の上下横枠体の当接状況を示す横断面図。  (A) Top surface sectional drawing of another uneven | corrugated step part and a bending corresponding end back vertical joint. (B) Top view sectional drawing of another uneven | corrugated step part and a bending corresponding end back vertical joint. (C) Upper surface sectional drawing of another uneven | corrugated step part and a bending corresponding end back vertical joint. (D) The cross-sectional view which shows the contact condition of another upper and lower horizontal frame. (a) 別の残存型枠の背面斜視図。 (b) 別の残存型枠の背面図。 (c) 別の残存型枠の正面図。 (d) 別の残存型枠の上面図。 (e) 別の残存型枠の上面図。 (f) 別の残存型枠の斜視図。  (A) Rear perspective view of another remaining mold. (B) Rear view of another remaining mold. (C) Front view of another remaining formwork. (D) Top view of another remaining mold. (E) Top view of another remaining mold. (F) Perspective view of another remaining mold. 本発明の残存型枠を組積したもたれ擁壁完成断面図。  The cross-section completion figure of the leaning retaining wall which built up the residual formwork of the present invention. 本発明の連結方法による残存型枠の説明組積断面図。  Explanatory assembly cross-sectional view of the remaining mold by the connecting method of the present invention. (a) 本発明の土留受圧控材を1段組積した説明組積断面図。 (b) 同図(a)に残存型枠を設置する状態の説明断面図。  (A) Explanatory layer cross-sectional view in which the earth retaining pressure reducing material of the present invention is stacked in one stage. (B) Explanatory sectional drawing of the state which installs a residual formwork in the figure (a). (a) 図21(b)に残存型枠の段数を増した説明断面図。 (b) 残存型枠を全段組積した状態の説明断面図。  (A) Explanatory sectional drawing which increased the number of steps of the residual formwork to Drawing 21 (b). (B) The explanatory sectional view in the state where all the remaining formwork was assembled. (a) 本発明の土留受圧控材の斜視図。 (b) 別の土留受圧控材の斜視図。 (c) 別の土留受圧控材の背面斜視図。 (d) 別の土留受圧控材の背面斜視図。  (A) The perspective view of the earth retaining pressure receiving material of this invention. (B) Perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material. (C) Rear perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material. (D) Rear perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material. (a) 別の土留受圧控材の斜視図。 (b) 別の土留受圧控材の斜視図。 (c) 別の土留受圧控材の斜視図。 (d) 別の土留受圧控材の斜視図。  (A) The perspective view of another earth retaining pressure receiving material. (B) Perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material. (C) Perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material. (D) Perspective view of another earth retaining pressure reducing material. (a) 連絡控材の取付側面断面詳細図。 (b) 別の連絡控材の取付上面断面図。 (c) 別の控アンカー材の留金具の斜視図。  (A) Detailed side view of the attachment side surface of the communication clip. (B) A cross-sectional top view of the mounting of another communication pad. (C) The perspective view of the clasp of another holding anchor material. (a) 本発明のフレーム型受圧控材の控柱と控横梁との取付説明斜視図。 (b) 同図(a)のA7−A7断面図。 (c) 同図(a)のA8−A8側面図。  (A) The attachment explanatory perspective view of the holding pillar and the holding horizontal beam of the frame type pressure receiving holder of the present invention. (B) A7-A7 sectional view of the same figure (a). (C) A8-A8 side view of FIG. (a) 本発明の後面フレーム型受圧控工法の組積斜視断面図。 (b) 同図(a)のA9−A9断面図。  (A) Masonry perspective sectional view of the rear frame type pressure receiving method of the present invention. (B) A9-A9 sectional view of the same figure (a). 本発明の前面フレーム型受圧控工法の骨組構造斜視図。  The frame structure perspective view of the front frame type pressure receiving method of the present invention. (a) 各部材との連結状態を説明する断面図。 (b) 同図(a)の上面図。 (c) 同図(a)の各部材と縦枠体連結具との連結状態説明断面図。 (d) 型取付具2型の斜視図。  (A) Sectional drawing explaining the connection state with each member. (B) Top view of FIG. (C) Connection state explanation sectional drawing of each member of the figure (a) and a vertical frame body connector. (D) Perspective view of mold fixture 2 type. (a) 前後L型フレーム受圧控材の説明斜視図。 (b) 型取付具の断面斜視図。 (c) 同図(b)のA10−A10断面図。  (A) Explanatory perspective view of front and rear L-shaped frame pressure receiving members. (B) A cross-sectional perspective view of a mold fixture. (C) A10-A10 sectional view of the same figure (b). 図30を使用して残存型枠を連結する連結断面図。  The connection sectional view which connects a residual formwork using Drawing 30. 後L型フレームの断面斜視図。  Sectional perspective view of a rear L-shaped frame. (a) 前L型フレーム受圧控材工法の組積断面図。 (b) 後L型フレーム受圧控材工法の組積断面図。  (A) Masonry cross-sectional view of the front L-shaped frame pressure receiving material construction method. (B) Cross sectional view of the rear L-frame pressure receiving material construction method. (a) 板体L型受圧控材の組立説明斜視図。 (b) 同図(a)の残存型枠の組積による連結工法斜視図。  (A) Assembling explanation perspective view of plate body L type pressure receiving depressing material. (B) The connection construction method perspective view by the masonry of the residual formwork of figure (a). (a) 板体箱型受圧控材の連結工法斜視図。 (b) 別の組立による連結工法の斜視図。 (c) 型取付具の斜視図。 (d) 同図(c)のA12−A12断面図。  (A) The connection method perspective view of a plate-shaped box-type pressure receiving retainer. (B) The perspective view of the connection construction method by another assembly. (C) Perspective view of mold fixture. (D) A12-A12 sectional view of the same figure (c). (a) 本発明の吊工法の組積説明断面図。 (b) 同図(a)の型枠吊材の取付状況の上面断面図。 (c) 同図(b)の別の位置での型枠吊材の取付状況の上面断面図。 (d) 同図(c)のA11−A11断面図。  (A) Masonry explanation sectional view of the suspension method of the present invention. (B) Upper surface sectional drawing of the attachment condition of the formwork hanging material of the figure (a). (C) Upper surface sectional drawing of the attachment condition of the formwork suspension material in another position of the same figure (b). (D) A11-A11 sectional view of the same figure (c). (a) 架台と動力装置の配置上面図。 (b) 同図(d)のA13−A13断面図。 (c) 同図(d)のA12−A12断面図。 (d) 残存型枠の上面図。  (A) Arrangement top view of gantry and power unit. (B) A13-A13 sectional drawing of the same figure (d). (C) A12-A12 sectional drawing of the figure (d). (D) Top view of the remaining formwork. (a) 型枠製造装置の第一段階の断面図。 (b) 化粧型枠の製品断面図。  (A) Sectional drawing of the 1st step of a formwork manufacturing apparatus. (B) Product sectional view of a decorative mold. (a) 第二段階のコンクリート敷き均し状況断面図。 (b) 第一動力作動状況断面図。  (A) Cross-sectional view of concrete leveling in the second stage. (B) First power operation situation sectional view. (a) 第三段階の第二動力作動状況断面図。 (b) 同図(a)の状態の短辺側断面図。  (A) Second power operation situation sectional view of the third stage. (B) The short side sectional view of the state of the same figure (a). (a) 第四段階の脱型状況断面図。 (b) 同図(a)で脱型した残存型枠製品の養生室保管状況断面図。  (A) Fourth-stage demolding situation sectional view. (B) Curing room storage condition sectional drawing of the residual form product which was demolded in the figure (a). (a) 係止凹凸形成装置の断面斜視図。 (b) 同図(a)のコンクリート充填状況断面図。 (c) 同図(a)の別のコンクリート充填状況断面図。 (d) 別の係止凹凸形成装置の断面図。  (A) The cross-sectional perspective view of a locking uneven | corrugated formation apparatus. (B) The concrete filling condition sectional view of the figure (a). (C) Another concrete filling condition sectional view of the same figure (a). (D) Sectional drawing of another latching uneven | corrugated formation apparatus. (a) 別の型枠製造装置の断面図。 (b) 同図(a)の短辺側の別の型枠製造装置の断面図。  (A) Sectional drawing of another formwork manufacturing apparatus. (B) Sectional drawing of another formwork manufacturing apparatus of the short side of the figure (a). 別の駆動力による型枠製造装置の断面図。  Sectional drawing of the mold manufacturing apparatus by another driving force. 別の型枠製造装置の第一段階の残存型枠製造状況断面図。  Sectional drawing of the remaining formwork manufacturing status of the first stage of another formwork manufacturing apparatus. (a) 図45の第二段階の残存型枠製造状況断面図。 (b) 第三段階の残存型枠製造状況断面図。  (A) Cross-sectional view of the remaining form manufacturing state in the second stage of FIG. (B) Cross-sectional view of the third stage residual form manufacturing status.

符号の説明Explanation of symbols

1‥側面板、1a〜1wと形態図が異なるごとに異なる符合が付されている。以下同じ
11表面11a〜11w、12裏面12a〜12w等、13裏面と枠体との接触線。
2‥枠体(上横枠体、下横枠体、左縦枠体、右縦枠体、中間縦枠体、中間横枠体、中間斜 枠体、中間小梁枠体等)2a〜2w前気と同じ。
21上横枠体(21a〜21w)等以下同じ、22下横枠体、23左縦枠体、
24右縦枠体、25中間縦枠体、26中間横枠体、27中間傾斜枠体。
3‥段部 30横方向枠体当接面、31凸段部、311接面、312曲、折線、32凹段 部、321接面、322曲折線、33横方向端目地段部
3a〜3wも前記と同じ要領で符号が付けられている。34縦方向端目地、
35横方向端目地接続面、36中間縦目地、37曲折対応端裏縦目地。
38横方向当接段部
4‥係止手段、係止部、41係止凸部、42係止凹部、43係止材(インサート等)、
44係止材ふかし、45係止凹凸材、46係止空気抜孔、47係止凹部空気抜孔、
48係止凹部通気路、 4a〜4w以下も前記と同じ。
5‥連結手段、連結具5a〜5w以下も前記と同じ。
51枠体連結具51a〜、52縦枠体連結具、53縦横枠体連結具、
54別の縦枠体連結具、55別の枠体連結具、56別の枠体連結具、
57別の枠体連結具、58本発明の係止凹凸連結具、59係止凹凸連絡連結具、
501上下連結材,502上下連結孔、5100型枠吊連結材、
511張出連結板、5111ストッパー等、512縦連結板、513横連結板、
514係止連結板、515押圧連結板、516締付突起。
521張出連結板、522縦連結板、523縦連結板孔、524取付補強リブ、
525控材取付孔、526補強リブ
6‥控材及び控材工法、6A〜6H以下も前記と同じ
61受圧控材、611土留受圧控材、611AL型土留受圧控材、611Bコ型土留 受圧控材、611C折型土留受圧控材、611D箱型土留受圧控材、611E混合型 土留控材、611F型材網付型土留控材、611G蛇篭型土留控材、611H型アン カー土留受圧控材、610排水孔、連通孔、6104土留係止部
611L1縦壁高、611L2底板幅、611L3縦壁長
612フレーム型受圧控材、612A後面フレーム型受圧控材、612B前面フレー ム型受圧控材、612C前後フレーム型受圧控材。
613L型フレーム受圧控材、613A前後L型フレーム受圧控材、613B前L型 フレーム受圧控材、613C後L型フレーム受圧控材、6130控横梁。
614板体型受圧控材、614A板体L型受圧控材、614B板体箱型受圧控材、
6140控横梁。
615控板体。
62連絡控材、621水平連絡控材、622左斜連絡控(縦連絡控材)623右斜連 絡控材、624型連絡控材、63控アンカー材。
7‥型取付具、型取付手段 71基礎型取付具、721型取付具1型、722型取付具2 型、723型取付具3型、724型取付具4型
8‥吊材、吊工法、81吊材柱、82吊材横梁、83吊材控、831表側吊材控
832胴込吊材控、84吊材連結金具、85型枠吊材
接合手段(接着手段)‥溶接、ボルトナットによる締付、接着材、ネジ、番線結束等。
A‥各図断面矢示。
B‥残存型枠(側面板1+枠体2)、隣接する残存型枠B‘、B1,B2,B3下段か ら上段へ組積する各々の残存型枠、Ba〜Bo各図番の残存型枠。
C‥胴込コンクリート、C1天端コンクリート、Cw残存型枠のコンクリート、充填材 、Cw1側面板のコンクリート、充填材、Cw2枠体コンクリート、充填材
D‥裏込材、D1裏込砕石、D11コンクリート打設面、D2不透水材
DL‥DL0段差、+DL0出段差、−DL0入段差、DL1,DL2,DL3変位吸 収と製作誤差余裕高等、DL4,DL5,DL6,DL7締付高(変位吸収余裕高 )、DLH水平基準線。
E‥裏型枠
F‥基礎、F1基礎底版、F2均しコンクリート、F3基礎砕石。
L‥寸法。
M‥化粧型枠、M1化粧型、M2化粧型受台、M202化粧型受台。
N‥裏面側型枠、N1裏面押型、N2裏面押取付材、N3係止凹凸形成装置。
N101裏面押圧型、N201裏面押取付材、N211、N212補強板、N31 凹凸形成具、N311溝、N321押引材、N322タンバックル、N323フレ 止め、N33凹凸形成案内図具、N331凸材。
O‥側板,O1長辺側板、O2短辺側板。
P‥台座、P1台座横板、P2台座縦板
Q‥架台、Q1柱,Q2梁、Q3短辺梁,Q4地梁、Q5短辺地梁、Q6中間梁、Q7 動力受梁。
R‥動力装置、R0操作盤(駆動連動切り替等の作動を含む)、R03押板、R1第一 動力、R10第一動力軸、R2第二動力、R20第二動力軸、R3動力受台、R3 1フレ止め、R4枠体押具、R5裏面押圧軸、R6別の駆動力、R301動力受台 一、R302動力受台二、R111第一動力、R112第一動力軸、R113第二 動力、R114第二動力軸、R301動力受台一、R3012押凸板、R302動 力受台二、R303アリ溝嵌合凹凸、R304第二動力受台、R305固定軸、R 42枠体押板。
S‥熱線ヒーター、SM化粧型枠熱線ヒーター、SN裏面側型枠熱線ヒーター、SO側 板型枠熱線ヒーター、SM1コンクリートとの接触面、SN1コンクリートとの接 触面、SO1コンクリートとの接触面、SM2型枠面、SN2型枠面、SO2型枠 面(コンクリートと接触しない型枠面)。
V‥V1ボルト、V2ナット、連結孔(V3ボルト丸孔、V4ボルト長孔)、V5クサ ビ、V6ネジ。
Z‥地面、Z1下段地表面、Z2掘削面、Z3上段地表面。
1... Each side plate and 1a to 1w are differently marked with different signs. The same applies to the following.
2. Frames (upper horizontal frame, lower horizontal frame, left vertical frame, right vertical frame, intermediate vertical frame, intermediate horizontal frame, intermediate diagonal frame, intermediate beam frame, etc.) 2a to 2w Same as before.
21 upper horizontal frame (21a to 21w) and so on, 22 lower horizontal frame, 23 left vertical frame,
24 right vertical frame, 25 intermediate vertical frame, 26 intermediate horizontal frame, 27 intermediate inclined frame.
3. Stepped portion 30 Horizontal frame contact surface, 31 convex stepped portion, 311 tangent surface, 312 curve, fold line, 32 concave stepped portion, 321 tangent surface, 322 bent line, 33 lateral end joint stepped portion 3a to 3w Are also numbered in the same manner as described above. 34 longitudinal end joints,
35 lateral end joint connection surfaces, 36 intermediate longitudinal joints, 37 bent end corresponding back joints.
38 lateral contact step 4 ... locking means, locking portion, 41 locking projection, 42 locking recess, 43 locking material (insert, etc.),
44 locking material, 45 locking uneven material, 46 locking air vent, 47 locking recess air vent,
48 latching recessed part ventilation path, 4a-4w or less are the same as the above.
5. The connecting means and the connectors 5a to 5w are the same as described above.
51 frame connector 51a-, 52 vertical frame connector, 53 vertical frame connector,
54 different frame connectors, 55 different frame connectors, 56 different frame connectors,
57 different frame connector, 58 locking uneven connection tool of the present invention, 59 locking uneven connection connector,
501 vertical connection material, 502 vertical connection hole, 5100 formwork connection material,
511 overhanging connecting plate, 5111 stopper, 512 vertical connecting plate, 513 horizontal connecting plate,
514 locking connection plate, 515 press connection plate, 516 tightening protrusion.
521 overhanging connecting plate, 522 vertical connecting plate, 523 vertical connecting plate hole, 524 mounting reinforcing rib,
525 retaining material mounting hole, 526 reinforcing rib 6 ... retaining material and retaining material method, 6A-6H and below are also the same as above 61 pressure receiving material, 611 earth retaining pressure retaining material, 611AL type earth retaining pressure retaining material, 611B type earth retaining pressure receiving material Wood, 611C folded-type earth retaining pressure retainer, 611D box-type earth retaining pressure-receiving material, 611E mixed-type earth retaining material, 611F-type material with net retaining material, 611G gabion-type earth retaining material, 611H-type anchor anchor retaining material, 610 drain hole, communication hole, 6104 earth retaining portion 611L1 vertical wall height, 611L2 bottom plate width, 611L3 vertical wall length 612 frame type pressure receiving material, 612A rear frame type pressure receiving material, 612B front frame type pressure receiving material, 612C Front / rear frame type pressure-receiving material.
613L type frame pressure receiving material, 613A front and rear L type frame pressure receiving material, 613B front L type frame pressure receiving material, 613C rear L type frame pressure receiving material, 6130 horizontal beam.
614 plate type pressure receiving material, 614A plate L type pressure receiving material, 614B plate box type pressure receiving material,
6140 holding cross beam.
615 holding plate.
62 contact retainer, 621 horizontal contact retainer, 622 left slanted contact retainer (longitudinal retentive retainer) 623 right slanted link retainer, 624 contact slant, 63 retainer anchor.
7. Mold mounting tool, mold mounting means 71 Base type mounting tool, 721 type mounting tool type 1, 722 type mounting tool type 2, 723 type mounting tool type 3, 724 type mounting tool type 4 8 Suspension material, hanging method, 81 suspension material pillar, 82 suspension material cross beam, 83 suspension material handle, 831 front-side suspension material handle 832 body suspension material handle, 84 suspension material connection bracket, 85 type frame suspension material joining means (adhesion means) ... by welding, bolt and nut Tightening, adhesive, screws, wire bundles, etc.
A: Arrows in each figure.
B ... Residual formwork (side plate 1 + frame 2), adjacent residual formwork B ', each remaining formwork assembled from the lower stage of B1, B2, B3 to the upper stage, and the remaining form of each of Ba to Bo frame.
C ... Clay concrete, C1 top concrete, Cw residual form concrete, filler, Cw1 side plate concrete, filler, Cw2 frame concrete, filler D ... Backing material, D1 backside crushed stone, D11 concrete Casting surface, D2 impervious material DL ... DL0 step, + DL0 exit step, -DL0 entry step, DL1, DL2, DL3 displacement absorption and manufacturing error margin, DL4, DL5, DL6, DL7 tightening height (displacement absorption margin) High), DLH horizontal reference line.
E ... Back formwork F ... Foundation, F1 foundation bottom, F2 leveled concrete, F3 foundation crushed stone.
L dimension.
M: Makeup mold, M1 makeup mold, M2 makeup cradle, M202 makeup cradle.
N... Back side mold, N1 back side pressing die, N2 back side pressing attachment material, N3 locking unevenness forming device.
N101 back surface pressing mold, N201 back surface pressing mounting material, N211, N212 reinforcing plate, N31 uneven forming tool, N311 groove, N321 pulling material, N322 tuck buckle, N323 fringe, N33 uneven forming guide tool, N331 convex material.
O ... side plate, O1 long side plate, O2 short side plate.
P: Pedestal, P1 pedestal horizontal plate, P2 pedestal vertical plate Q: Mount, Q1 pillar, Q2 beam, Q3 short side beam, Q4 ground beam, Q5 short side ground beam, Q6 intermediate beam, Q7 power receiving beam.
R: Power unit, R0 operation panel (including operation such as drive interlocking switching), R03 push plate, R1 first power, R10 first power shaft, R2 second power, R20 second power shaft, R3 power cradle, R3 1 frame stopper, R4 frame body pressing tool, R5 back surface pressing shaft, R6 separate driving force, R301 power receiving base 1, R302 power receiving base 2, R111 first power, R112 first power shaft, R113 second power, R114 second power shaft, R301 power cradle, R3012 pusher plate, R302 power cradle 2, R303 dovetail fitting unevenness, R304 second power cradle, R305 fixed shaft, R42 frame push plate.
S .. Heat wire heater, SM decorative frame heat wire heater, SN back surface form heat wire heater, SO side plate mold heat wire heater, contact surface with SM1 concrete, contact surface with SN1 concrete, contact surface with SO1 concrete, SM2 formwork surface, SN2 formwork surface, SO2 formwork surface (formwork surface not in contact with concrete).
V: V1 bolt, V2 nut, connecting hole (V3 bolt round hole, V4 bolt long hole), V5 wedge, V6 screw.
Z: Ground, Z1 lower surface, Z2 excavation surface, Z3 upper surface.

Claims (25)

残存型枠は側面板と枠体より構成され、該枠体及び係止凹凸材の何れか又は双方は隣接する残存型枠と連結可能な連結手段を有する連結具と係止可能な係止部を有し、更に横方向に隣接する残存型枠と当接可能な凹凸の段部と壁面の曲線、折線に対応する曲折対応端裏縦目地を左右の縦枠体に有していることを特徴とする残存型枠。  The remaining mold is composed of a side plate and a frame, and either or both of the frame and the locking irregularities are locking portions that can be locked with a connector having connecting means that can be connected to the adjacent remaining mold. And the left and right vertical frame bodies have fold-back end joints corresponding to the curved line and fold line of the concave and convex portions that can come into contact with the remaining mold frame adjacent in the horizontal direction. Characteristic residual formwork. 上記側面板の表面は化粧用の凹凸を有ており、該側面板の板厚を成して該表面凹凸とほぼ対応した凹凸が、枠体の枠面を除く側面板の裏面に有していることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の残存型枠。  The surface of the side plate has cosmetic unevenness, and the surface plate has a thickness corresponding to the surface unevenness on the back surface of the side plate except for the frame surface of the frame body. The residual mold according to claim 1, wherein: 隣接する残存型枠と当接するための凸段部が左縦枠体と右縦枠体の何れか又は双方より残存型枠の表面側端部付近より所定の長さと直線、折れ線、曲線等の適宜の当接面と形状を有して横方向に張り出し、これを受け入れる凹段部も直線、折れ線、曲線等の当接面を有し、該凸段部の一部又は全部の当接面と当接可能の形状を有して成ることを特徴とする請求項1〜2の何れかに記載の残存型枠。  Convex steps for abutting the adjacent remaining formwork are a predetermined length, straight line, polygonal line, curve, etc. from the vicinity of the surface side end of the remaining formwork from either or both of the left vertical frame and right vertical frame Appropriate abutment surface and shape projecting in the lateral direction, and the concave step portion for receiving this has a contact surface such as a straight line, a broken line, a curve, etc., and a part or all of the abutment step portion The residual mold according to claim 1, wherein the residual mold has a shape capable of coming into contact with the mold. 上横枠体と下横枠体の係止部の何れか又は双方に適宜の形状の係止空気抜孔を設けたことを特徴とする請求項1〜3の何れかに記載の残存型枠。  The residual mold according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a locking air vent hole having an appropriate shape is provided in either or both of the locking portions of the upper horizontal frame and the lower horizontal frame. 左縦枠体と右縦枠体の何れか又は双方に縦枠体空気抜孔又は連通孔を設けたことを特徴とする請求項1〜4の何れかに記載の残存型枠。  The residual mold according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein a vertical frame air vent or a communication hole is provided in one or both of the left vertical frame and the right vertical frame. 残存型枠を構成する側面板と枠体の何れか、又は双方が同質又は異質の建築材料より成る事を特徴とする請求項1〜5の何れか1に記載の残存型枠。  6. The residual mold according to claim 1, wherein either or both of the side plate and the frame constituting the residual mold are made of a homogeneous or heterogeneous building material. 側面板及び/又は枠体がコンクリート又はこれらに類する材料より形成されたことを特徴とする請求項1〜6の何れか1に記載の残存型枠。  The residual form according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the side plate and / or the frame is made of concrete or a similar material. 各々適宜の枠背高を有する前記材料から成る中間枠体とそれ以下の枠背高を有する中間小梁枠体が必要に応じて設けられ、該枠体は縦方向に、横方向に、斜め方向に、或いは曲線又は折曲がりを成した該枠体の何れか又は双方を1又は2以上有して枠組みされ、必要に応じて設けられる隣接する残存型枠と係止可能な係止手段を有する枠体が前記側面板に接合手段によって、一体的に、固定状に、半固定状に固着して成ることを特徴とする請求項1〜7の何れか1に記載の残存型枠。  An intermediate frame made of the above-mentioned material having an appropriate frame height and an intermediate beam frame having a lower frame height are provided as necessary, and the frame is inclined in the vertical direction, the horizontal direction, and diagonally. A locking means that can be locked to an adjacent remaining mold frame that is provided with one or more of the frame body in one direction or two or more in the direction or curved or bent. The residual mold according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein a frame body having the frame body is integrally fixed to the side surface plate in a fixed or semi-fixed manner by a joining means. 前記枠体の枠体表面及び/又は係止材の係止面が傾斜を成したり、又は滑り止めの凹凸の何れか又は双方を有する事を特徴とする請求項1〜8の何れか1に記戴の残存型枠。  The frame body surface of the frame body and / or the locking surface of the locking material is inclined, or has either or both of non-slip irregularities. Remaining formwork recorded in 前記残存型枠の形状が矩形、L型、曲型、折れ型、凸型及び十字型並びにこれらの形状を組合せた複合形状を有する事を特徴とする請求項1〜9の何れか1に記載の残存型枠。  10. The shape of the residual mold has a rectangular shape, an L shape, a bent shape, a folded shape, a convex shape, a cross shape, and a composite shape obtained by combining these shapes. Residual formwork. 前記請求項1〜10の何れか1項に記載の残存型枠を現場にて組積する際、該残存型枠に設けられた枠体及び係止凹凸材の係止部を介して、隣接する該残存型枠の係止部と連結具の連結手段によって連結した事を特徴とする残存型枠の連結方法。  When assembling the residual mold according to any one of claims 1 to 10 on-site, the frame is provided adjacent to the residual mold by way of a frame body and a locking portion of the locking uneven material provided on the remaining mold. A method for connecting the remaining molds, wherein the remaining molds are connected to each other by a connecting means of a connecting tool. 枠体より胴込コンクリート側に張出した張出連結板には、隣接する該張出連結板と連結する連結孔のボルト丸孔又はボルト長孔の何れかを有し、又他方端は枠体を押圧する押圧連結板を有して成り、該張出連結板の連結孔にボルト等を挿通して螺着するとその押圧力が縦連結板、横連結板及び係止連結板の何れか又は2以上を介して押圧連結板に伝達される時、該連結板と係止凹凸部との間に変位吸収余裕高を設けた枠体連結具を使用した事を特徴とする請求項11に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  The overhanging connection plate that protrudes from the frame to the trunk concrete side has either a round bolt hole or a long bolt hole of the connection hole that connects to the adjacent overhanging connection plate, and the other end is the frame body. When a bolt or the like is inserted into and screwed into the connection hole of the overhanging connection plate, the pressing force is any of the vertical connection plate, the horizontal connection plate, and the locking connection plate. The frame connector having a displacement absorption margin provided between the connecting plate and the engaging uneven portion when transmitted to the pressing connecting plate through two or more. Method for joining the remaining formwork. L型をなす縦枠体連結具の一辺は胴込コンクリート側に張出した張出連結板を有し、該連結板は隣接する連結板と連結する連結孔のボルト丸孔又はボルト長孔の何れかを有し、L型の他方辺の端部付近に残存型枠の枠体及び/又は係止凹凸材の係止部と連結する為の連結孔のボルト丸孔又はボルト長孔の何れかを有し、必要に応じて縦連結板に連通孔及び/又はリブ等を有してなる縦枠体連結具を使用した事を特徴とする請求項11〜12の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  One side of the L-shaped vertical frame connector has an overhanging connecting plate that is extended to the intruded concrete side, and the connecting plate is either a bolt round hole or a bolt long hole of a connecting hole connected to an adjacent connecting plate. Either a round bolt or a long bolt hole of a connecting hole for connecting to the frame of the remaining mold and / or the engaging part of the engaging uneven material near the end of the other side of the L-shaped The residual body according to any one of claims 11 to 12, wherein a vertical frame connector having a communication hole and / or a rib or the like in the vertical connecting plate is used as necessary. Formwork connection method. 裏込砕石の崩壊と連絡控材のアンカー用として、裏込砕石に所定の高さと長さ及び幅を有する土留受圧控材を設置し、該土留受圧控材に連結した連絡控材の他方端は隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とに連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする請求項11〜13の何れかに1に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  The other end of the contact weigher connected to the earth retaining pressure retainer by installing a soil retaining pressure retaining material having a predetermined height, length and width on the back ground crushed stone as an anchor for the collapse of the back ground crushed stone and the contact retaining material The residual formwork according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the residual formwork resists the pressure of the intruded concrete by being connected to a connecting tool in which the engaging parts of adjacent residual formwork are connected to each other. Concatenation method. 胴込コンクリート内に、後面フレーム型受圧控材、前面フレーム型受圧控材及び前後フレーム型受圧控材の何れかのフレーム型受圧控材を形成し、裏込砕石の崩壊を防ぎ更にコンクリート型枠としての役割を成す控板体を該フレーム型受圧控材の一方側に接合手段にて接合するか又は単純に設置し、他方側の控横梁に隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とを直接又は連絡控材を介して連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする請求項11〜14の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  A frame-type pressure-receiving material of either the rear frame-type pressure-receiving material, the front-frame-type pressure-receiving material, or the front-and-back frame-type pressure-receiving material is formed in the intruded concrete to prevent collapse of the back-filled crushed stone, and the concrete formwork The holding plate body that serves as the above is joined to one side of the frame-type pressure-receiving pressure member by a joining means or simply installed, and the engaging portions of the remaining mold form adjacent to the other side transverse beam are connected to each other. The method for connecting residual molds according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the connecting tool is connected directly or via a connecting sticker to resist the pressure of the intruded concrete. 胴込コンクリート内に、前後L型フレーム受圧控材、前L型フレーム受圧控材及び後L型フレーム受圧控材の何れかから成るL型フレーム受圧控材を形成し、裏込砕石の崩壊を防ぎ、更にコンクリート型枠としての役割を成す控板体を該L型フレーム受圧控材の一方側に接合手段にて接合するか又は単純に設置し、他方側の控横梁に隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とを直接又は連絡控材を介して連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする請求項11〜15の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  An L-shaped frame pressure receiving material consisting of any one of the front and rear L-shaped frame pressure receiving materials, the front L-shaped frame pressure receiving material, and the rear L-shaped frame pressure receiving material is formed in the intruded concrete, and the collapse of the back-filled crushed stone Further, a remaining plate that is used as a concrete formwork is joined to the one side of the L-type frame pressure receiving material by a joining means or simply installed, and is adjacent to the other side transverse beam. The residual mold according to any one of claims 11 to 15, which is connected to a connecting tool in which the locking portions are connected to each other directly or via a communication padding material to resist the pressure of the intruded concrete. How to connect the frames. 胴込コンクリート内に、板体L型受圧控材及び板体箱型受圧控材の何れかから成る板体型受圧控材を形成し、裏込砕石の崩壊を防ぎ、更にコンクリート型枠としての役割をなす控板体を該板体型受圧控材の一方側に接合手段にて接合するか又は単純に設置し、他方側の控横梁に隣接する残存型枠の係止部同士を連結した連結具とを直接又は連絡控材を介して連結して胴込コンクリートの圧力に抗することを特徴とする請求項11〜16の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  Forming a plate-type pressure receiving material consisting of either a plate-type L-type pressure receiving material or a plate-type box-type pressure receiving material in the intruded concrete to prevent the collapse of the backside crushed stone, and also to play a role as a concrete formwork A connecting tool in which the holding plate body forming the holding plate is joined to one side of the plate-type pressure-receiving pressure member by a joining means or simply installed, and the engaging portions of the remaining mold form adjacent to the other side holding beam are connected to each other The method for connecting residual molds according to any one of claims 11 to 16, characterized in that they are connected directly or via a communication padding material to resist the pressure of intruded concrete. 隣接する残存型枠同士を連結した連結具に直接又は型枠吊連結具に型枠吊材の一方端を接合手段にて接合して、吊材連結金具を介して格子状又は一方向に骨組みされた吊材柱と吊材横梁の何れか又は双方に、残存型枠を貫通した該型枠吊材の他方端のフック又は取付金具により強固に連結されている。この様に骨組みされた吊材柱と吊材横梁の何れか又は双方に吊材控表側材及び/又は吊材控胴込材を架設して格子状に又は一方向に配された吊材を形成して裏込砕石と控板体を設置し胴込コンクリートを打設して組積する事を特徴とする請求項11〜17の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の連結方法。  Join one end of the formwork suspension to the joint that connects adjacent remaining molds directly or to the formwork suspension joint with joining means, and frame in a lattice or one direction via the suspension joint It is firmly connected to either or both of the suspended material pillar and the suspended material horizontal beam by a hook or a mounting bracket on the other end of the formwork material that penetrates the remaining formwork. A suspension material arranged in a grid or in one direction by suspending a suspension material side table and / or a suspension material insertion member on either or both of the suspension material pillar and the suspension material transverse beam thus framed. The method for connecting residual molds according to any one of claims 11 to 17, characterized in that the back form crushed stone and the holding plate body are formed and the concrete is casted and assembled. 少なくとも柱、梁からなり、必要に応じて地梁、中間梁、動力受梁の何れか又は2以上を有する架台に裏面側型枠を作動させるための動力が取り付けられ、該動力を作動させる為の配管及び連動駆動装置が動力源又は運転操作機器等連動を備えた操作盤と連絡しており、該機器が架台の内側及び外側の何れかに設置され、更に残存型枠製品の下方に地面及び/又は地梁或いは、必要に応じて設ける土台より立設した台座の所定の位置に化粧型枠のコンクリート充填材用の側板が周囲に配設され、該側板が回転自在に動く様に蝶番が適宜設けてある。更に台座の頂面に持ち上げ自在の化粧型枠が戴置されたことを特徴とする残存型枠の製造方法。  In order to operate the power by attaching the power for operating the back side formwork to the gantry comprising at least pillars, beams, ground beams, intermediate beams, power receiving beams or two or more as required The piping and the interlocking drive unit are in communication with a power source or an operation panel equipped with interlocking operation equipment, and the equipment is installed either on the inside or outside of the gantry, and further on the ground below the remaining formwork product And / or a side plate for the concrete filler of the decorative form frame is disposed around a predetermined position of the base stand upright from the ground beam or a base provided as necessary, and the hinge is arranged so that the side plate can rotate freely. Is provided as appropriate. A method for manufacturing a remaining mold, further comprising a liftable decorative mold placed on the top surface of the pedestal. 裏面側型枠には所定の位置に設けた動力の動力軸及び/又は裏面押圧軸の先端が押圧可能に接合され、台座に設置された側板と化粧型枠はコンクリート充填可能状態に設定された該型枠にコンクリートを側面板量又は(側面板+枠体)量程打設して敷き均した後、先の操作盤の操作により動力が連動駆動して動力を動かすと動力軸は下方向に作動してコンクリートを加圧(押圧及び/又は振動)によって側面板又は残存型枠の何れかを製造したことを特徴とする請求項19に記載の残存型枠の製造方法。  The power axis of the power provided at a predetermined position and / or the tip of the back surface pressing shaft are joined to the back side mold form so that they can be pressed, and the side plate installed on the pedestal and the decorative mold form are set in a concrete-fillable state. After placing concrete on the formwork as much as the amount of side plate or (side plate + frame) and spreading it, if the power is driven in conjunction with the operation of the previous operation panel and the power is moved, the power shaft will move downward 20. The method for producing a residual mold according to claim 19, wherein either the side plate or the residual mold is produced by operating (pressing and / or vibrating) the concrete. 打設された枠体用コンクリート又は先の(側面板+枠体)の残存型枠のコンクリートを押さえる為の枠体押具が先の動力に又は2番目の動力に、裏面押圧軸及び/又は動力受台を介して取り付いており、操作盤の操作により該動力又は2番目の動力を作動させて該枠体押具に依って枠体又は残存型枠を製造した事を特徴とする請求項19〜20の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の製造方法。  The frame pressing tool for pressing the placed concrete for the frame or the remaining (side plate + frame) residual form concrete is used for the previous power or the second power, the back surface pressing shaft and / or It is attached via a power cradle, and the power or the second power is operated by operating the operation panel, and the frame or the remaining mold is manufactured by the frame pressing tool. The manufacturing method of the residual formwork of any one of 19-20. 枠体の係止部を形成する為に係止凹凸形成装置を利用した事を特徴とする請求項19〜21の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の製造方法。  The method for manufacturing a residual mold according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein a locking unevenness forming device is used to form a locking portion of the frame. 残存型枠製品より上方の架台に第1の動力が連動駆動により操作盤に連絡しており、該第一動力は架台に接合手段にて接合され、該第一動力の第一動力軸の先端は化粧型枠に接合されるか、或いは第一動力受台に接合されて化粧型枠に連結している。
必要に応じて枠体押具と化粧型枠を取り替え可能なアリ溝等の取替装置が付いている。
他方残存型枠製品より下方には地面又は土台に設置された第二動力と台座が立設しており、第二動力に収納された第二動力軸の先端は第二動力受台及び/又は固定軸を介して裏面側型枠に連結されるか又は該裏面側型枠と第二動力軸は直接連結した裏面側型枠駆動装置を形成するか又は該型枠駆動装置を固定状にした台座の何れかの型枠形状をなしている。台座の蝶番を介して取り付いた側板と裏面固定型枠が設置され裏面側型枠駆動装置とは相互に独立した状態を形成した事を特徴とする請求項19〜22の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の製造方法。
The first power is connected to the operation panel by interlocking driving to the gantry above the remaining mold product, and the first power is joined to the gantry by the joining means, and the tip of the first power shaft of the first power Is joined to the decorative mold or joined to the first power cradle and connected to the decorative mold.
It is equipped with replacement devices such as dovetails that can replace the frame pressing tool and the decorative mold as required.
On the other hand, a second power and a pedestal installed on the ground or the base are erected below the remaining formwork product, and the tip of the second power shaft stored in the second power is the second power cradle and / or Connected to the back-side mold via a fixed shaft, or the back-side mold and the second power shaft are directly connected to form a back-side mold drive, or the mold drive is fixed It is in the form of any form of the pedestal. The side plate attached via the hinges of the pedestal and the back surface fixed formwork are installed, and the back side formwork drive device forms a state independent from each other. A method for producing a remaining formwork.
コンクリート打設状態に設置された裏面側型枠と側板に枠体のコンクリートを打設して枠体押圧の作動により加圧後、該枠体押圧体を元に戻し化粧型枠に取り換えた後、側面板のコンクリートを敷き均した後、該化粧型枠を下方向に作動させコンクリートを加圧するか又は直接(枠体+側面板)のコンクリートを化粧型枠にて加圧し、そして脱型して残存型枠を製造した事を特徴とする請求項19〜23の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の製造方法。  After placing the concrete of the frame body on the back-side mold and side plate placed in the concrete placement state, pressurizing by the action of pressing the frame body, and then returning the frame body pressing body to the original form and replacing it After laying and leveling the concrete on the side plate, the decorative mold is actuated downward to press the concrete, or the concrete (frame body + side plate) is pressed with the decorative mold and demolded. 24. The method for manufacturing a residual mold according to claim 19, wherein a residual mold is manufactured. 化粧型枠、裏面側型枠又は側板の何れか又は2以上のコンクリートとの接触面又は該型枠の裏面の何れか又は双方に熱線ヒーター等により型枠を加熱してコンクリートの硬化を早めた事を特徴とする請求項19〜24の何れか1に記載の残存型枠の製造方法。  Curing of the concrete was accelerated by heating the formwork with a hot wire heater or the like on either or both of the decorative formwork, the backside formwork or the side plate, the contact surface with two or more concretes, or the backside of the formwork. The method for producing a residual mold according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein:
JP2006213845A 2006-07-07 2006-07-07 Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method Pending JP2008014122A (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006213845A JP2008014122A (en) 2006-07-07 2006-07-07 Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006213845A JP2008014122A (en) 2006-07-07 2006-07-07 Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2008014122A true JP2008014122A (en) 2008-01-24

Family

ID=39071397

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2006213845A Pending JP2008014122A (en) 2006-07-07 2006-07-07 Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2008014122A (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011196075A (en) * 2010-03-19 2011-10-06 Mitsui Eng & Shipbuild Co Ltd Protective material mounting structure at edge of concrete structure, and protective material
JP2012184605A (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-27 Joji Yamashita Auxiliary fixation tool for slope protection wall material installation and slope protection wall material installation and fixation method
KR101243749B1 (en) 2011-08-30 2013-03-25 한국철도기술연구원 Reinforced Base for Rail Track with Panel Wall Structur and Constructing Method thereof
CN104196054A (en) * 2014-07-25 2014-12-10 南京长江都市建筑设计股份有限公司 Basement double-layer overlapping prefabricated outer wall
CN106142295A (en) * 2016-08-26 2016-11-23 洛阳中冶重工机械有限公司 A kind of standby anti-stone mould
CN106182349A (en) * 2016-08-26 2016-12-07 洛阳中冶重工机械有限公司 A kind of produce the flood control vibration moulding equipment with artificial standby anti-stone material
CN112863384A (en) * 2021-01-26 2021-05-28 深圳市天合光电有限公司 Spherical transparent screen
CN113800921A (en) * 2021-09-14 2021-12-17 杭州大和江东新材料科技有限公司 Ceramic dielectric window processing method for plasma etcher
CN115075422A (en) * 2022-05-30 2022-09-20 长春国信装配式建筑发展有限公司 Connecting assembly for sandwich heat-insulating wall and sandwich heat-insulating wall
US11477508B2 (en) 2007-09-26 2022-10-18 Maxell, Ltd. Portable terminal, information processing apparatus, content display system and content display method

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11477508B2 (en) 2007-09-26 2022-10-18 Maxell, Ltd. Portable terminal, information processing apparatus, content display system and content display method
JP2011196075A (en) * 2010-03-19 2011-10-06 Mitsui Eng & Shipbuild Co Ltd Protective material mounting structure at edge of concrete structure, and protective material
JP2012184605A (en) * 2011-03-07 2012-09-27 Joji Yamashita Auxiliary fixation tool for slope protection wall material installation and slope protection wall material installation and fixation method
KR101243749B1 (en) 2011-08-30 2013-03-25 한국철도기술연구원 Reinforced Base for Rail Track with Panel Wall Structur and Constructing Method thereof
CN104196054A (en) * 2014-07-25 2014-12-10 南京长江都市建筑设计股份有限公司 Basement double-layer overlapping prefabricated outer wall
CN106142295A (en) * 2016-08-26 2016-11-23 洛阳中冶重工机械有限公司 A kind of standby anti-stone mould
CN106182349A (en) * 2016-08-26 2016-12-07 洛阳中冶重工机械有限公司 A kind of produce the flood control vibration moulding equipment with artificial standby anti-stone material
CN112863384A (en) * 2021-01-26 2021-05-28 深圳市天合光电有限公司 Spherical transparent screen
CN113800921A (en) * 2021-09-14 2021-12-17 杭州大和江东新材料科技有限公司 Ceramic dielectric window processing method for plasma etcher
CN115075422A (en) * 2022-05-30 2022-09-20 长春国信装配式建筑发展有限公司 Connecting assembly for sandwich heat-insulating wall and sandwich heat-insulating wall
CN115075422B (en) * 2022-05-30 2023-10-03 长春国信装配式建筑发展有限公司 Connecting assembly for sandwich heat-insulating wall and sandwich heat-insulating wall

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2008014122A (en) Remaining form, its connection method and manufacturing method
CA2712067A1 (en) Expansion joint system of concrete slab arrangement
JP2006283292A (en) Retaining wall structure and retaining wall construction method
CN207525962U (en) Side hangs reinforcing bar band shear key reinforced concrete slab structure
JP2006029046A (en) Residual form, its connecting method and its manufacturing method
CN104131642B (en) Floorboard is building block and construction method thereof for construction
CN101012679B (en) Cavity mould component for concrete filling
HUH3533A (en) Reinforced concrete lamellated supporting structure, method for producing same as well as reinforced concrete panel, cradling tray and method for producing reinforced concrete casket panel of twin plate
CN100489250C (en) Hollow-cavity shuttering member for cast-in-place concrete
CN100489248C (en) Cavity mould component for concrete filling
CN100535348C (en) Hollow-cavity shuttering member for cast-in-place concrete
CN101008231B (en) Cast-in-place concrete hollow-cavity shuttering member
CN101016782B (en) Hollow-cavity shuttering member for cast-in-place concrete
CN101016778B (en) Hollow-cavity shuttering member for cast-in-place concrete
CN100535347C (en) Hollow-cavity shuttering member for cast-in-place concrete
JP2004143849A (en) Spacer, variable gradient type side ditch using the spacer and its construction method
JP2009228219A (en) Block for retaining wall
CN101008214A (en) Cast-in-place concrete hollow-cavity shuttering member
CN101008230A (en) Cast-in-place concrete hollow-cavity shuttering member
JP2006083632A (en) Form member, form for concrete wall, and construction method of concrete wall
CN101004026A (en) A hollow shuttering component in use for filling in concrete
CN101008227A (en) Cast-in-place concrete hollow-cavity shuttering member
CN101008233A (en) Cast-in-place concrete hollow-cavity shuttering member
CN101008234A (en) Cast-in-place concrete hollow-cavity shuttering member
CN101004032A (en) A hollow shuttering component in use for filling in concrete